USRE40387E1 - Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones - Google Patents
Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- USRE40387E1 USRE40387E1 US11/149,501 US14950105A USRE40387E US RE40387 E1 USRE40387 E1 US RE40387E1 US 14950105 A US14950105 A US 14950105A US RE40387 E USRE40387 E US RE40387E
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- alkyl
- compound
- group
- epothilones
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 229930013356 epothilone Natural products 0.000 title claims abstract description 162
- HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N epothilone A Chemical class C/C([C@@H]1C[C@@H]2O[C@@H]2CCC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1)O)C)=C\C1=CSC(C)=N1 HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 109
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 71
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 64
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 title abstract description 40
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 176
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 113
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 113
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 99
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 96
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 90
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 78
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 76
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 76
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 76
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 150000003883 epothilone derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960004543 anhydrous citric acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000007979 citrate buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960000999 sodium citrate dihydrate Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940075564 anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 6
- XMAYWYJOQHXEEK-OZXSUGGESA-N (2R,4S)-ketoconazole Chemical compound C1CN(C(=O)C)CCN1C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1O[C@@](CN2C=NC=C2)(C=2C(=CC(Cl)=CC=2)Cl)OC1 XMAYWYJOQHXEEK-OZXSUGGESA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940061607 dibasic sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960004125 ketoconazole Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- QCSSVGLLBGMHSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-[1-(2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl]-17-oxa-13-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-8,12-dione Chemical compound C1CNC(=O)CCCC(=O)CCCCCCC(O2)C12C(C)=CC1=CSC(C)=N1 QCSSVGLLBGMHSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims 5
- HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium citrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims 3
- 101100173726 Arabidopsis thaliana OR23 gene Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- PLICJOZBQFYDQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC(=O)O)(=O)O.C(CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC(=O)O)(=O)O.P(=O)(O)(O)O Chemical compound C(CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC(=O)O)(=O)O.C(CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC(=O)O)(=O)O.P(=O)(O)(O)O PLICJOZBQFYDQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 229960001790 sodium citrate Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 63
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 44
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 43
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 24
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 22
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 22
- -1 such as Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 0 *[C@@]12CCC[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O[C@H](/C(C)=C/C=C3/CN=C(C)S3)C[C@@H]1O2 Chemical compound *[C@@]12CCC[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O[C@H](/C(C)=C/C=C3/CN=C(C)S3)C[C@@H]1O2 0.000 description 20
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 20
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 18
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 18
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229940100688 oral solution Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 13
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 9
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940100692 oral suspension Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 5
- HESCAJZNRMSMJG-HGYUPSKWSA-N epothilone A Natural products O=C1[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)CCC[C@H]2O[C@H]2C[C@@H](/C(=C\c2nc(C)sc2)/C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C1(C)C HESCAJZNRMSMJG-HGYUPSKWSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 231100000041 toxicology testing Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 108010026925 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C19 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010000543 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C9 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010001237 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2D6 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100026533 Cytochrome P450 1A2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102100029363 Cytochrome P450 2C19 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102100029358 Cytochrome P450 2C9 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102100021704 Cytochrome P450 2D6 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 4
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960004106 citric acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010074922 Cytochrome P-450 CYP1A2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000005865 alkene metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000476 body water Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008380 degradant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013401 experimental design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 210000005095 gastrointestinal system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000003304 gavage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- VVAVVVUXHUOQKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-(2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl]-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9,17-trione Chemical compound CC(=CC=1N=C(SC=1)C)C12CCNC(CCCC(CCCCCCC2C1=O)=O)=O VVAVVVUXHUOQKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032467 Aplastic anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FPCDGGUJVYBNLK-RNERNZGZSA-N CC1=NC(/C=C(\C)[C@@H]2C[C@H]3OC(=N2)C[C@H](O)C(C)(C)C(=O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CCC[C@@]3(C)O)=CS1 Chemical compound CC1=NC(/C=C(\C)[C@@H]2C[C@H]3OC(=N2)C[C@H](O)C(C)(C)C(=O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CCC[C@@]3(C)O)=CS1 FPCDGGUJVYBNLK-RNERNZGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RMBZIDSGTIRCGA-QJVLAAAGSA-N CC1=NC/C(=C/C=C(\C)[C@@H]2C[C@@H]3O[C@]3(C)CCC[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)N2)S1 Chemical compound CC1=NC/C(=C/C=C(\C)[C@@H]2C[C@@H]3O[C@]3(C)CCC[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)N2)S1 RMBZIDSGTIRCGA-QJVLAAAGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 102000018832 Cytochromes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052832 Cytochromes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-OXZHEXMSSA-N Epothilone B Natural products O=C1[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)CCC[C@@]2(C)O[C@H]2C[C@@H](/C(=C\c2nc(C)sc2)/C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C1(C)C QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-OXZHEXMSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-NNYOXOHSSA-N NADP zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010079943 Pentagastrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002685 Polyoxyl 35CastorOil Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000006664 Precursor Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910019020 PtO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VXDSLUMUNWTSDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;chloroform;methanol Chemical compound OC.CC(O)=O.ClC(Cl)Cl VXDSLUMUNWTSDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N adams's catalyst Chemical compound O=[Pt]=O YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011394 anticancer treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001691 aryl alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;methanol Chemical compound OC.ClC(Cl)Cl WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006310 cycloalkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005366 cycloalkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002662 enteric coated tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-PVYNADRNSA-N epothilone B Chemical compound C/C([C@@H]1C[C@@H]2O[C@]2(C)CCC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1)O)C)=C\C1=CSC(C)=N1 QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-PVYNADRNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 201000005787 hematologic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000024200 hematopoietic and lymphoid system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- LZWPOLSJFGLQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptadecane-5,9-dione Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(=O)CCCC(=O)CCCC LZWPOLSJFGLQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004476 heterocycloamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005844 heterocyclyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004468 heterocyclylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000001853 liver microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- QUANRIQJNFHVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxirane;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound C1CO1.OCC(O)CO QUANRIQJNFHVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000444 pentagastrin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ANRIQLNBZQLTFV-DZUOILHNSA-N pentagastrin Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1[C]2C=CC=CC2=NC=1)NC(=O)CCNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CCSC)C(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ANRIQLNBZQLTFV-DZUOILHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- AQHHHDLHHXJYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N propranolol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(OCC(O)CNC(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 AQHHHDLHHXJYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000607 toxicokinetics Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IGLYMJRIWWIQQE-QUOODJBBSA-N (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropan-1-amine (1R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropan-1-amine Chemical compound N[C@H]1C[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1.N[C@@H]1C[C@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 IGLYMJRIWWIQQE-QUOODJBBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorobutane Chemical compound CCCCCl VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- KFXDYZXVIHNBFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(thian-2-ylsulfonyl)thiane Chemical compound C1CCCSC1S(=O)(=O)C1CCCCS1 KFXDYZXVIHNBFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004635 2-oxazepinyl group Chemical group O1N(CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004638 2-oxopiperazinyl group Chemical group O=C1N(CCNC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004637 2-oxopiperidinyl group Chemical group O=C1N(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-oxazine Chemical compound N1OC=CC=C1 BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004610 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl group Chemical group O=C1NC(=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YAFGHMIAFYQSCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-ethoxy-2-oxochromene-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound C1=C(C#N)C(=O)OC2=CC(OCC)=CC=C21 YAFGHMIAFYQSCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUNGCZLFHHXKBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-methoxypsoralen Natural products C1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C1CCOC1=C2OC BUNGCZLFHHXKBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010065040 AIDS dementia complex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036762 Acute promyelocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910002016 Aerosil® 200 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003950 B-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010058019 Cancer Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical group [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010020070 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2B6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009011 Cytochrome P-450 CYP3A Inhibitors Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710104280 Cytochrome P450 1A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036194 Cytochrome P450 2A6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038739 Cytochrome P450 2B6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010053155 Epigastric discomfort Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000006107 Familial adenomatous polyposis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008808 Fibrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KGQZGCIVHYLPBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furafylline Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)C=2NC(C)=NC=2N1CC1=CC=CO1 KGQZGCIVHYLPBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000875170 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 2A6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000745711 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 3A4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100298362 Homo sapiens PPIG gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023347 Keratoacanthoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QXKHYNVANLEOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methoxsalen Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C1C=COC1=C2OC QXKHYNVANLEOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000003793 Myelodysplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004633 N-oxo-pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VVBXKASDRZXWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N N=[PH3] Chemical compound N=[PH3] VVBXKASDRZXWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058667 Oral toxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010033372 Pain and discomfort Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000297 Rayon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007014 Retinitis pigmentosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000010208 Seminoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910004298 SiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019486 Sunflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010042971 T-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027585 T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006083 Xeroderma Pigmentosum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZVXAIGQCXSYET-ZRTFAQDUSA-N [H]/C(=C\C1CSC(C)=N1)[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@](C)(O)CCC[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)N1 Chemical compound [H]/C(=C\C1CSC(C)=N1)[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@](C)(O)CCC[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)N1 SZVXAIGQCXSYET-ZRTFAQDUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001458 anti-acid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003474 anti-emetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002111 antiemetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125683 antiemetic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005775 apoptotic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005140 aralkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005239 aroylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006793 arrhythmia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004659 aryl alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002785 azepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001541 aziridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004602 benzodiazinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004601 benzofurazanyl group Chemical group N1=C2C(=NO1)C(=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004618 benzofuryl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004619 benzopyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004600 benzothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004599 benzpyrazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000013 bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011953 bioanalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036983 biotransformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002051 biphasic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical group BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003563 calcium carbonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940084030 carboxymethylcellulose calcium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000025434 cerebellar degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003679 cervix uteri Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007958 cherry flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004617 chromonyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC(C2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000029664 classic familial adenomatous polyposis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000332 coumarinyl group Chemical group O1C(=O)C(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020335 dealkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006900 dealkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006204 deethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940096516 dextrates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004598 dihydrobenzofuryl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004586 dihydrobenzopyranyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004582 dihydrobenzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004597 dihydrobenzothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WOKPSXJEBSRSAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone group Chemical group S1C(CCC2=C1C=CC=C2)S(=O)(=O)C2SC1=C(CC2)C=CC=C1 WOKPSXJEBSRSAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004611 dihydroisoindolyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004609 dihydroquinazolinyl group Chemical group N1(CN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MKRTXPORKIRPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl azide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(=O)(N=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 MKRTXPORKIRPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000007919 dispersible tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003651 drinking water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020188 drinking water Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036267 drug metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LIWAQLJGPBVORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylmethylamine Chemical compound CCNC LIWAQLJGPBVORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000010579 first pass effect Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020375 flavoured syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003325 follicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000003444 follicular lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229950004998 furafylline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004615 furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC=2C1=NC=CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004613 furo[2,3-c]pyridinyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC=2C1=CN=CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004614 furo[3,1-b]pyridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004612 furopyridinyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004211 gastric acid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005908 glyceryl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003979 granulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000014951 hematologic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011796 hollow space material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000044284 human CYP3A4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000056262 human PPIG Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011167 hydrochloric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000031891 intestinal absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000037906 ischaemic injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003971 isoxazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940059904 light mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006841 macrolactonization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004469 methoxsalen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SQBBOVROCFXYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxypsoralen Natural products C1=C2OC(=O)C(OC)=CC2=CC2=C1OC=C2 SQBBOVROCFXYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003228 microsomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002911 monocyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002346 musculoskeletal system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007538 neurilemmoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930027945 nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008203 oral pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000418 oral toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVYRGXJJSLMXQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N orphenadrine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C)C=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 QVYRGXJJSLMXQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003941 orphenadrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004783 oxidative metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005476 oxopyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005489 p-toluenesulfonic acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019629 palatability Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005489 paracetamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004591 piperonyl group Chemical group C(C1=CC=2OCOC2C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960000540 polacrilin potassium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068965 polysorbates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WVWZXTJUCNEUAE-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound [K+].CC(=C)C([O-])=O.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C WVWZXTJUCNEUAE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003124 powdered cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019814 powdered cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003712 propranolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004590 pyridopyridyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001698 pyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006085 pyrrolopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001404 quinidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004620 quinolinyl-N-oxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004276 retinal vascularization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009890 sinusitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012439 solid excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002320 spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- QWCJHSGMANYXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfaphenazole Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 QWCJHSGMANYXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004818 sulfaphenazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002600 sunflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009747 swallowing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004885 tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-XAZOAEDWSA-N taxol® Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(CC(C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3(C21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-XAZOAEDWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001608 teratocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006092 tetrahydro-1,1-dioxothienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011287 therapeutic dose Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004589 thienofuryl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CS2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004588 thienopyridyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004587 thienothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CS2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002053 thietanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001730 thiiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WCNFFKHKJLERFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholinyl sulfone group Chemical group N1(CCSCC1)S(=O)(=O)N1CCSCC1 WCNFFKHKJLERFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCAGUOCUDGWENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholinyl sulfoxide group Chemical group N1(CCSCC1)S(=O)N1CCSCC1 ZCAGUOCUDGWENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006257 total synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003741 tranylcypromine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQCLVBQBTUVCEQ-QTFUVMRISA-N troleandomycin Chemical compound O1[C@@H](C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC)C[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@@]2(OC2)C[C@H](C)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)OC(C)=O)[C@H]1C LQCLVBQBTUVCEQ-QTFUVMRISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005041 troleandomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005747 tumor angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/44—Oils, fats or waxes according to two or more groups of A61K47/02-A61K47/42; Natural or modified natural oils, fats or waxes, e.g. castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil, montan wax, lignite, shellac, rosin, beeswax or lanolin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/425—Thiazoles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/425—Thiazoles
- A61K31/427—Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
- A61K47/10—Alcohols; Phenols; Salts thereof, e.g. glycerol; Polyethylene glycols [PEG]; Poloxamers; PEG/POE alkyl ethers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0087—Galenical forms not covered by A61K9/02 - A61K9/7023
- A61K9/0095—Drinks; Beverages; Syrups; Compositions for reconstitution thereof, e.g. powders or tablets to be dispersed in a glass of water; Veterinary drenches
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
Definitions
- the invention relates to methods of orally administering epothilones to a patient in a manner that increases bioavailability.
- the invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical dosage forms, and kits for use in the methods of the invention.
- the invention relates to a solid oral dosage form of an epothilone.
- Epothilones are 16 member cyclic macrolide molecules which find utility in the pharmaceutical field.
- Epothilone A and B are naturally occurring compounds that can be isolated from certain microorganisms; there two compounds have the following structures:
- Known epothilones exert microtubule-stabilizing effects similar to Taxol® and therefore exhibit cytotoxic activity against rapidly proliferating cells, such as occur in cancer and other hyperproliferative cellular diseases (See Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., Vol. 35, No. 13/14, 1996 and D. M. Bollag, Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs, 6(7): 867-873, 1997).
- epothilones Before epothilones can be used to treat diseases in patients, however, they must be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition that can be administered to the patient; for example, into a dosage form suitable for oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal, or rectal), parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, bolus injection, intramuscular, or intraaterial), or transdermal administration.
- mucosal e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal, or rectal
- parenteral e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, bolus injection, intramuscular, or intraaterial
- transdermal administration e.g., transdermal
- Formulations for oral administration are particularly preferred since they are more convenient and easier to administer than other formulations.
- the oral route of administration avoids the pain and discomfort of parenteral administration. Accordingly, formulations for oral administration are preferred by patients and result in better patient compliance with do
- an oral formulations requires that the active agent be bioavailable. Bioavailability of orally administered drugs is affected by various factors including, for example, drug absorption throughout the gastrointestinal tract, stability of the drug in the gastrointestinal tract, and the first pass effect. Thus, effective oral delivery of an active agent requires that the active agent have sufficient stability in the stomach and intestinal lumen to pass through the intestinal wall. Many drugs, however, tend to degrade quickly in the intestinal tract or have poor absorption in the intestinal tract so that oral administration is not an effective method for administering the drug.
- compositions intended for oral administration are typically solid dosage forms (e.g., tablets) or liquid preparations (e.g., solutions, suspensions, or elixirs).
- Solid dosage forms can impose restrictions on the pharmaceutical use of the active agent since some patient populations have difficulty, either physical or psychological, in swallowing solid oral dosage forms. If a liquid dosage form is available, these patients could more easily take the required dose of active ingredient by having it administered in the form of an oral liquid preparation that they can drink or having it administered, for example, by a naso-gastric tube. Thus, liquid oral dosage forms are desirable.
- Liquid oral pharmaceutical compositions require a suitable solvent or carrier system to dissolve or disperse the active agent to enable the composition to be administered to a patient
- the solvent system must be compatible with the active agent and be non-toxic to the patient
- the solvent for liquid oral formulations is a water based solvent.
- epothilones present difficulties in addition to the normal hurdles, in that certain epothilones are either or both acid labile and/or poorly soluble in aqueous media, which is the media of first choice for oral solutions.
- the present invention overcomes these difficulties and provides methods and pharmaceutical formulations for the oral administration of epothilones wherein the epothilones are sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect.
- the present invention encompasses a method of orally delivering epothilones to a mammal while reducing or avoiding the degradation, decomposition, or deactivation of the epothilone by the gastrointestinal system, particularly by gastric fluid in the stomach.
- the method encompasses administering the epothilone in, or with, a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer.
- the administration comprises the use of two solutions, one comprising the active epothilone alone, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and the other comprising the pharmaceutically acceptable neutralizing buffer.
- the invention therefore includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an epothilone either in a solid form which is suitable for constitution, or reconstitution if lyophilized, into a pharmaceutically acceptable solution or as a pre-made solution.
- the invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable neutralizing buffer either in solid form suitable for constitution, or reconstitution if lyophilized, into a pharmaceutically acceptable solution or as a pre-made solution.
- the present invention is directed to methods of increasing the bioavailability of an orally administered epothilone.
- the methods involve orally administering one or more epothilones of Formula: wherein:
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered concurrently with, before, after, or both before and after administration of the one or more epothilones of interest.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer When administered before the active epothilone, is administered not more than about 1 hour before the epothilone is administered.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer When administered after, is administered not more than about 1 hour after the epothilone is administered.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer solution which may be a liquid formulation and which may be constituted immediately prior to administration, comprises one or more components that are capable of neutralizing acidic solutions, particularly gastric fluid, for a period of time.
- the buffer components include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable weak acids, weak bases, or mixtures thereof.
- the buffer components are water soluble materials such as phosphoric acid, tartaric acids, lactic acid, succinic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, glutamic acid, and salts thereof.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered in an amount sufficient to neutralize gastric fluids in the stomach and increase the amount of the epothilone that is absorbed by the gastrointestinal system.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered as an aqueous solution having a pH of between about 5 to 9.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered as an aqueous solution of anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate dihydrate, and anhydrous citric acid.
- the present invention increases the bioavailability of the orally administered epothilone significantly above that of an epothilone orally administered without a neutralizing buffer.
- bioavailability of the one or more epothilones or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is at least 20 percent.
- the one or more epothilones or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof may be orally administered as a solution in propylene glycol and ethanol, for example, wherein the ratio of propylene glycol:ethanol is about 80:20.
- a preferred epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*, 11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.
- a preferred compound is [ 1 S-[ 1 R*, 3 R*(E) , 7 R*, 10 S*, 11 R*, 12 R*, 16 S*]]- 7 , 11 -dihydroxy 8 , 8 , 10 , 12 , 16 -pentamethyl- 3 -[ 1 -methyl- 2 -( 2 -methyl- 4 -thiazolyl) ethenyl- 4 -aza- 17 -oxobicyclo[ 14 . 1 . 0 ]heptadecane- 5 , 9 -dione.
- kits which comprise the desired epothilone and a soluble buffer composition.
- the invention encompasses a kit comprising (a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an epothilone which is suitable for oral administration and (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an acid neutralizing buffer which is suitable for oral administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition to be reconstituted with a solvent may be provided as a tablet.
- the first component or the second component may be anhydrous.
- the kit may optionally include solvents for reconstituting the first or second components.
- the solvent for reconstituting the first component may be a mixture of propylene glycol and ethanol, wherein the ratio of propylene glycol:ethanol is about 80:20.
- the invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
- FIG. 1 Mean plasma concentration profiles for Compound (A) vs. time in dogs after IV administration at 0.5 mg/kg, - ⁇ -, and oral administration of a 2 mg/kg solution, - ⁇ -. Vertical bars represent standard deviations and are shown where larger than the symbol size.
- FIG. 2 Mean plasma concentration profiles for Compound (B) vs. time in dogs after IV administration at 0.5 mg/kg, - ⁇ -, and oral administration of a 2 mg/kg solution, - ⁇ -. Vertical bars represent standard deviations and are shown where larger than the symbol size.
- the invention is directed to methods of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones of Formulae (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, by orally administering the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and orally administering a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in combination therewith.
- the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical dosage forms, and kits for use in the methods of the invention.
- a preferred epothilone compound for use in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione [ 1 S-[ 1 R*, 3 R*(E) , 7 R*, 10 S*, 11 R*, 12 R*, 16 S*]]- 7 , 11 -dihydroxy 8 , 8 , 10 , 12 , 16 -pentamethyl- 3 -[ 1 -methyl- 2 -( 2 -methyl- 4 -thiazolyl ) ethenyl- 4 -aza- 17 -oxobicyclo[ 14 . 1 . 0 ]
- alkyl refers to straight or branched chain unsubstituted hydrocarbon groups of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
- substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted by, for example, one to four substituents, such as, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyoxy cycloalkyloxy, heterocylooxy heterocyclyloxy, oxo, alkanoyl, aryloxy, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, aralkylamino, cycloalkylamino, heterocycloamino heterocyclylamino, disubstituted amines in which the 2 amino substituents are selected from alkyl, aryl or aralkyl, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, aralkanoylamino, substituted alkanoylamino, substituted arylamino, substituted aralkanoylamino, thiol, alkyl, aryl or aralkyl
- halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- aryl refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion, such as phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl and diphenyl groups, each of which may be substituted.
- aralkyl refers to an aryl group bonded directly through an alkyl group, such as benzyl.
- substituted aryl refers to an aryl group substituted by, for example, one to four substituents such as alkyl; substituted alkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, heterocyclo, halo, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, heterocyclooxy heterocyclyloxy, alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, aralkylamino, cycloalkylamino, heterocycloamino heterocyclylamino, dialkylamino, alkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, cycloalkylthio, heterocyclothio heterocyclylthio, ureido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carbamyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiono, arylthiono, alky
- cycloalkyl refers to optionally substituted, saturated cyclic hydrocarbon ring systems, preferably containing 1 to 3 rings and 3 to 7 carbons per ring which may be further fused with an unsaturated C3-C 7 C 3-C 7 carbocyclic ring.
- exemplary groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl, and adamantyl.
- substituents include one or more alkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents.
- heterocycle refers to an optionally substituted, fully saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or nonaromatic cyclic group, for example, a 4 to 15 membered system or a 4 to 7 membered monocyclic, 7 to 11 membered bicyclic, or 10 to 15 membered tricyclic ring system, which has at least one heteroatom in at least one carbon atom-containing ring.
- Each ring of the heterocyclic group containing a heteroatom may have 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms, where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may also optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may also optionally be quaternized.
- the heterocyclic group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, oxetanyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxazepinyl, azepinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyridyl, N-oxo-
- bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, quinolinyl-N-oxide, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolyl indolizinyl, benzofuryl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl (such as furo[2,3-c]pyridinyl, furo[3,1-b]pyridinyl or furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl), dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroquinazolinyl (such as 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl
- substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more alkyl groups as described above or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents. Also included are smaller heterocyclos, such as, epoxides and aziridines.
- heteroatoms shall include oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
- the prefix “lower” stands for a moiety having up to and including 7, preferably up to and including 4 carbon atoms.
- bioavailable means the extent to which a drug is absorbed into a living system and made available in the circulating blood of the living system. Methods to determine the bioavailability of drugs are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the phrase “sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect” means that the epothilones are greater than 20 percent bioavailable, preferably greater than 30 percent bioavailable, and more preferably greater than 50 percent bioavailable.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt prepared from an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having a basic functional group, such as an amine, with a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic inorganic or organic acid.
- Suitable non-toxic acids include, but are not limited to, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, and p-toluenesulfonic acids.
- Salts formed with acids can be obtained, for example, with an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having a basic functional group and an equivalent amount of a non-toxic acid to provide an acid addition salt.
- the reaction is typically carried out in a medium in which the acid addition salt precipitates or an aqueous medium followed by evaporation.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt also refers to a salt prepared from an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having an acidic functional group, such as a carboxylic acid functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic inorganic or organic base.
- Suitable non-toxic bases include hydroxides of alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium; hydroxides of alkaline earth metal such as calcium and magnesium; hydroxides of other metals, such as aluminum and zinc; ammonia, and organic amines, such as unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or trialkylamines; dicyclohexylamine; tributyl amine; pyridine; N-methyl,N-ethylamine; diethylamine; triethylamine; mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl amines), such as mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, or tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, N,N,-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy lower alkyl)-amines, such as N,N,-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl
- Salts formed with bases can be obtained, for example, with an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having an acidic functional group and an equivalent amount of a non-toxic base.
- the reaction is typically carried out in a medium in which the salt precipitates or an aqueous medium followed by evaporation.
- the invention also includes zwitterions.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer” refers to a combination of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid and a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salt of an acid that when added to a solution provides a solution that is more resistant to change of pH, compared to a solution without the buffer, when acid or alkali is added to the solution.
- pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer also includes compounds, such as basic compounds, that when added to an acidic solution neutralizes the acid and increases the pH of the solution.
- the term “clathrate” means an inclusion compound formed by the envelopment of a molecule of a “guest” compound in a cage-like hollow space formed by combination of several molecules of a “host” compound.
- pro-drug means a derivative of a compound that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide an epothilone compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
- carboxylic esters are conveniently formed by esterifying carboxylic acid functionalities; if the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) includes an acid functional group it can be esterified to provide a pro-drug.
- Various pro-drugs are well known in the art (For examples of pro-drugs, see: Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985; Methods in Enzymology, vol. 42, p.
- the phrase “acid neutralization capacity,” means the quantity of 1 N HCl (expressed in milliequivalents) that can be brought to pH 3.5, as defined in the U.S. Pharmacopeia, 301.
- solution means a liquid preparation that contains one or more soluble active ingredients dissolved in a solvent.
- suspension means a finely divided, undissolved active ingredient suspended in a solvent.
- elixir means a solution of an active ingredient in a solvent containing water and alcohol.
- sucrose a concentrated solution of sugar, such as sucrose, in water or other aqueous liquid, optionally containing polyols, such as glycerin or sorbitol to retard crystallization of the sugar or increase solubility of the added ingredients.
- polyols such as glycerin or sorbitol
- Epothilones Useful in the Methods, Compositions, and Dosage Forms of the Invention
- any epothilone can be used in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention.
- the epothilones are acid labile and poorly soluble in water such that they are not readily bioavailable by the oral route.
- the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) are used in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention.
- Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) can be prepared by the methods disclosed in our co-pending application Ser. No. 09/280,191, filed Mar. 29, 1999 and our co-pending application Ser. No. 09/170,482 filed Oct. 13, 1998, the contents of which are expressly incorporated herein.
- epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) could also be prepared by suitable modification of the methodologies disclosed in, for example, K. C. Nicolau et al., “An Approach to Epothilones Based on Olefin Metathesis,” Angew. Chem Int. Ed. Engl., 35(20): 2399-2401 (1996); K. C. Nicolau et al., “The Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: The Macrolactonization Approach,” Angew. Chem Int. Ed. Engl., 36(5): 525-527 (1997); K. C.
- the epothilones are crystalline and anhydrous.
- the epothilones are sterilized before being used in the composition of the invention.
- the epothilones of the invention are microtubule-stabilizing agents and, thus, can be used to treat a variety of cancer or other diseases of abnormal cell proliferation.
- the methods of the invention are particularly useful for administering one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, to a patient suffering from cancer or other hyperproliferative cellular disease.
- the term “cancer” includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and blood born tumors.
- cancer refers to disease of skin, tissues, organs, bone, cartilage blood and vessels.
- the term “cancer” further encompasses primary and metastatic cancers.
- cancers that can be treated with the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, including that of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, lung, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, and skin, including squamous cell carcinoma; hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including, but not limited to, leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, and Burketts Burkitts lymphoma; hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage including, but not limited to, acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias and promyelocytic leukemia; tumors of mesenchymal origin including, but not limited to, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and osteosar
- the methods of the invention are useful for treating patients who have been previously treated for cancer, as well as those who have not previously been treated for cancer. Indeed, the methods and compositions of this invention can be used in first-line and second-line cancer treatments.
- the methods of the invention are also useful in combination with known anti-cancer treatments, including radiation.
- the methods of the invention are especially useful in combination with anti-cancer treatments that involve administering a second drug that acts in a different phase of the cell cycle, e.g., S phase, than the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), which exert their effects at the G 2 -M phase.
- Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may also inhibit tumor angiogenesis, thereby affecting abnormal cellular proliferation. Accordingly, the methods of the invention may also be useful in treating certain forms of blindness related to retinal vascularization, arthritis, especially inflammatory arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis restenosis, and psoriasis.
- Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may also induce or inhibit apoptosis, a physiological cell death process critical for normal development and homeostasis. Alterations of apoptotic pathways contribute to the pathogenesis of a variety of human diseases.
- the methods of the invention will be useful in the treatment of a variety of human diseases with aberrations in apoptosis including cancer (particularly, but not limited to, follicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, hormone dependent tumors of the breast, prostrate prostate and ovary, and precancerous lesions such as familial adenomatous polyposis), viral infections (including, but not limited to, herpesvirus, poxvirus, Epstein-Barr virus, Sindbis virus and adenovirus), autoimmune diseases (including, but not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune mediated glomerulonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases and autoimmune diabetes mellitus), neurodegenerative disorders (including, but not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, AIDS-related dementia, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, retinitis pigmentosa, spinal muscular atrophy and cere
- Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may also be formulated or co-administered with other therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness in administering therapies associates with the aforementioned conditions.
- each of the compounds of formulae I and II may be formulated with agents to prevent nausea, hypersensitivity, and gastric irritation, such as anti-emetics, and H 1 and H 2 antihistamines.
- the above therapeutic agents, when employed in combination with the Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), may be used in those amounts indicated in the Physicians' Desk Reference (PDR) or as otherwise determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the purpose of the buffer in the methods of the invention is to temporarily neutralize gastric fluid and thereby reduce degradation of the epothilone in the stomach of the patient.
- the buffer reduces decomposition of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
- liquid oral dosage forms comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and a buffer are more stable than a liquid oral dosage form without a buffer.
- Buffers useful in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention may be readily prepared by combining one or more acids and the salt of one or more acids in a ratio such that the combination, when dissolved in an aqueous solution, provides a solution having a pH of between about 5 and 9.
- the one or more acids will have a pKa of between about 4 and 10.
- One of ordinary skill in the art would readily recognize how to prepare buffers that provide a solution having the desired pH value.
- the invention contemplates for use as a buffer compounds, such as basic compounds, that when added to an acidic solution increase the pH of the solution.
- Typical buffers include, but are not limited to pharmaceutically acceptable weak acids, weak bases, or mixtures thereof.
- the buffer components are water soluble materials such as phosphoric acid, tartaric acids, lactic acid, succinic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and salts thereof.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-monobasic phosphate buffer or a dibasic phosphate buffer-citric acid-citrate buffer.
- the invention encompasses methods of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones by orally administering an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and orally administering a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer.
- the invention is particularly well suited for epothilones that are acid labile but may also be used with epothilones that are sensitive to hydrolysis under alkaline conditions and for epothilones that are not sensitive to hydrolysis. Further, the invention may be used with epothilones that are poorly soluble in aqueous media.
- compositions of this invention and the methods enable the oral route of administration to be used which is a significant advantage, particularly for human patients.
- Administering one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer provides increased bioavailability of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). Without being limited by theory, it is believed that the increased bioavailability is due, at least in significant part, to the buffer decreasing the rate of decomposition of the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in the acidic environment of the stomach.
- Certain epothilones including the preferred epothilone, Compound (A), are unstable in acidic aqueous environments and decompose, presumably by an acid catalyzed hydrolytic opening of the epoxide ring.
- the time for 5% drug loss (t 95 ) at 37° C. for an aqueous solution of Compound (A) is approximately 38 minutes at pH 7.4 but only about 0.2 minutes at pH 2.5.
- epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are orally administered they decompose in the stomach of the patient such that they are either minimally absorbed or not absorbed by the gastrointestinal tract.
- one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are administered to a patient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer, however, the buffer neutralizes acid in the stomach of the patient so that the rate of decomposition of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is sufficiently decreased so that the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof remain in the gastrointestinal tract for sufficient time to be absorbed.
- an anti-acid such as hydroxides of aluminum and magnesium; carbonates, such as sodium carbonate and calcium carbonate; silicates; and phosphates can be used to neutralize the acid in the stomach before during or after epothilone administration.
- the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are at least about 20% bioavailable, preferably at least about 40% bioavailable, and more preferably at least about 50% bioavailable.
- the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are provided in a single oral dosage form and are administered simultaneously.
- the single composition comprising the combination of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered as a solid oral dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, or powder) or a liquid oral dosage form (e.g., a solution, suspension, or elixir).
- the solution or suspension can be constituted just prior to administration using the appropriate solvents or cosolvents to dissolve the epothilone and the buffer components.
- the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered simultaneously as a solution of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) dissolved in a liquid comprising propylene glycol:ethanol:phosphate buffer (for example at 1M, about pH 8) in a ratio of about 58:12:30, respectively.
- the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are provided as separate distinct pharmaceutical compositions and are administered separately. Each of which are these is administered as a solid oral dosage form or a liquid oral dosage form.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be orally administered before, after, or both before and after the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) is administered.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered both before and after oral administration of the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), in an amount sufficient to neutralize the stomach acid.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer When the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered before the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, it is administered within about 5 hours, preferably within about 3 hours, more preferably within about 1 hour, and most preferably within about 10 minutes before the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) is administered.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered after the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, it is administered within about 5 hours, preferably within about 3 hours, more preferably within about 1 hour, and most preferably within about 10 minutes before the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) is administered.
- the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, chlathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are administered as an enteric coated pill or capsule to delay release of the epothilone until after the pharmaceutically effective acid neutralizing buffer is administered.
- Enteric coated tablets and capsules are capsules coated with a substances that resist solution in a gastric fluid but disintegrate in the intestine.
- the buffer is administered as a dispersible tablet.
- the magnitude of the therapeutic dose of the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, will typically vary with the specific disease and severity of the disease being treated.
- the dose, and perhaps the dose frequency, may also vary according to age, body weight, response, and the past medical history of the patient. Suitable dosing regimens can be readily selected by those skilled in the art with due consideration of such factors.
- the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is orally administered in a total amount of about 0.05 to about 200 mg/kg/day, preferably from about 5 to about 100 mg/kg/day, and more preferably less than about 100 mg/kg/day in a single dose or in about 2 to 4 divided doses.
- the invention encompasses pharmaceutical unit dosage forms of the desired epothilone comprising 5 mg/unit, 10 mg/unit, 15 mg/unit, 20 mg/unit, 25 mg/unit, 50 mg/unit, and 100 mg/unit.
- liquid unit doses encompassed by the invention include, but are not limited to, 2.5 mg/mL and 10 mg/mL.
- total amount means the combined amount of the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, if more than one epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is in a unit dosage form or administered to the patient
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered in an amount sufficient to deliver at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, preferably at least about 30 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, more preferably at least about 40 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, and most preferably at least about 50 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
- the invention also encompasses pharmaceutical unit dosage forms of the desired buffer comprising about 5 to 100 mg/unit, preferably about 22.5 mg/unit, and more preferably about 22.5 mg/unit.
- liquid unit doses of the buffer encompassed by the invention include about 5 to 100 mg/unit, preferably about 22.5 mg/unit, and more preferably about 22.5 mg/unit dissolved in about 50 to 300 mL of a solvent, preferably about 100 to 200 mL of a solvent, and more preferably about 150 mL of a solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered as an aqueous solution having a pH of between about 5 to 9, preferably about 6 to 8.5, and more preferably about 7 to 8.
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer that provides a solution having a pH in the desired range may be used in the methods of the invention.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-monobasic phosphate buffer or a dibasic phosphate buffer-citric acid-citrate buffer.
- the patient is first administered the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer as about 150 mL of an aqueous solution comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate (about 0.2 M), sodium citrate dihydrate (about 0.07 M), and anhydrous citric acid (about 0.008 M) at a pH of about 7.4; followed by oral administration of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof as a liquid dosage form in a propylene glycol:ethanol system having a ratio of about 80:20; followed by oral administration of another about 150 mL aqueous solution comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate (about 0.2 M), sodium citrate dihydrate (about 0.07 M), and anhydrous citric acid (about 0.008 M) at a pH of about 7.4.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer as about 150 mL of an aqueous solution comprising anhydrous dibasic
- compositions Compositions, Unit Dosage Forms, and Kits
- kits comprising a first component comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and a second component comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer.
- the first component and the second component are provided as separate distinct pharmaceutical compositions which are intended to be administered separately.
- the first and second components are provided as a pharmaceutical dosage form suitable for oral administration or as solid pharmaceutical composition that can be constituted or reconstituted with a liquid to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
- the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) are packaged in light-protected vials.
- compositions and dosage forms suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete dosage forms, such as, but not limited, tablets (e.g., chewable tablets), caplets, capsules, powder in a sachet, enteric coated tablets, enteric coated beads, enteric coated soft gel capsules, and liquids (e.g., flavored syrups).
- dosage forms contain predetermined amounts of the active ingredient and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art (See Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing, Easton Pa. (1990)).
- Typical oral dosage forms are prepared by combining the active ingredients in an intimate admixture with at least one excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
- Excipients can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration.
- excipients suitable for use in solid oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, starches, sugars, micro-crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
- excipients suitable for use in oral liquid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservation, and coloring agents.
- Tablets and capsules represent convenient pharmaceutical compositions and oral dosage forms, in which case solid excipients are employed. If desired, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredients with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then shaping the product into the desired presentation if necessary.
- a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding.
- Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredients in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient.
- Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- excipients that can be used in oral dosage forms of the invention include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants.
- Binders suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (e.g., Nos. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
- Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, the materials sold as AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103 AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division, Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, Pa.), and mixtures thereof.
- a specific binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose sold as AVICEL RC-581.
- Suitable anhydrous or low moisture excipients or additives include AVICEL-PH-103TM and Starch 1500 LM.
- fillers suitable for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof.
- the binder or filler in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention is typically present in from about 50 to about 99 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
- Disintegrants are used in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Tablets that contain too much disintegrant may disintegrate in storage, while those that contain too little may not disintegrate at a desired rate or under the desired conditions. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too much nor too little to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredients should be used to form the pharmaceutical compositions and solid oral dosage forms of the invention. The amount of disintegrant used varies based upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. Typical pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprise from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, preferably from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant.
- Disintegrants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, micro-crystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures thereof.
- Lubricants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof
- Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, manufactured by W.
- lubricants are typically used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
- compositions and dosage forms may further comprise one or more compounds that reduce the rate by which an active ingredient will decompose.
- compounds which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and salt buffers.
- Solutions for oral administration represent another convenient oral dosage form, in which case a solvent is employed.
- Liquid oral dosage forms are prepared by combining the active ingredient in a suitable solvent to form a solution, suspension, syrup, or elixir of the active ingredient in the liquid.
- solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs may optionally comprise other additives including, but not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, sugars, flavoring agents, and stabilizers.
- kits of the invention may include the first and/or second components as an already prepared liquid oral dosage form ready for administration or, alternatively, may include the first and/or second components as a solid pharmaceutical composition that can be reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
- the kit may optionally include the reconstituting solvent.
- the constituting or reconstituting solvent is combined with the active ingredient to provide a liquid oral dosage form of the active ingredient.
- the active ingredient is soluble in the solvent and forms a solution.
- the solvent may be water, a non-aqueous liquid, or a combination of a non-aqueous component and an aqueous component.
- Suitable non-aqueous components include, but are not limited to oils; alcohols, such as ethanol; glycerin; and glycols, such as polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers of the invention are preferably water soluble. Accordingly, the preferred solvent for the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers is water or water based systems including saline solutions or dextrose solutions.
- Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are relatively insoluble in water. Accordingly, for epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, non-aqueous liquids or liquids that are a combination of a miscible aqueous component and a non-aqueous component are preferred with non-aqueous liquids being most preferred.
- a preferred non-aqueous liquid for epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is surfactant such as propylene glycol and ethanol, preferably in a ratio of about 80:20.
- Suitable non-aqueous liquids or surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol, polysorbates, propylene glycol, glyceryl esters, Cremophor, fatty acid esters and alcohols, polyoxyethylene, and fatty alcohol esters and ethers.
- the solvent for the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof includes an aqueous component
- the aqueous component is buffered to reduce decomposition of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
- Liquid oral dosage forms comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in an aqueous or partially aqueous solvent provides provide liquid oral dosage forms that are more stable than a liquid oral dosage form without a buffer.
- the rate of decomposition of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in a buffered liquid oral formulation is less than the rate of decomposition in an unbuffered liquid oral formulation.
- epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) are unstable in acidic and basic medium, presumably as a result of an acid or base catalyzed hydrolytic opening of the epoxide ring.
- aqueous or partially aqueous liquid oral dosage forms are preferably buffered to a pH of between about 5 to 9, preferably about 6 to 8.5, and more preferably about 7 to 8.
- the active ingredient When the active ingredient is provided as a solid pharmaceutical composition that is constituted or reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form it is typically provided in powdered form and constituted with the liquid shortly before administration to the patient.
- the powdered pharmaceutical composition may be packaged, for example, in a vial to which is added the solvent. Alternatively, the contents of the vial may be added to the solvent in a separate container.
- the powdered active ingredient of the invention may also be packaged in a sachet, such as a foil package, that can be opened and the contents added to the solvent.
- the powdered active ingredient of the invention may also be formulated as a tablet that dissolves when it is added to the solvent. Often the tablet includes a disintegrant to facilitate dissolution of the tablet.
- the present invention is also directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in solid form and a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, when the pharmaceutical composition is reconstituted with a liquid to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention also provide a liquid oral dosage form wherein the epothilone is more bioavailable when orally administered to a patient. Accordingly, the invention is also directed to a liquid oral dosage form comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer dissolved in or dispersed in a solvent.
- the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and the solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are dissolved in the liquid to provide a solution.
- the buffer is present in the pharmaceutical composition such that it provides a liquid oral formulation having a pH of between about 5 to 9, preferably about 6 to 8.5, and more preferably about 7 to 8.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is present in an amount sufficient to deliver at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, preferably at least about 30 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, more preferably at least about 40 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, and most preferably at least about 50 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity when reconstituted with a liquid to provide the liquid oral dosage form.
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer that can provide a pH within this range may be used in the composition of the invention.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-monobasic phosphate buffer or a dibasic phosphate buffer-citric acid-citrate buffer.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprise the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in a total amount of about 0.05 to about 200 mg, preferably from about 5 to about 100 mg, and more preferably about 10 to 50 mg.
- the invention further relates to a kit comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a combination of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in solid form and a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer and (ii) a solvent for reconstituting the pharmaceutical composition to provide a liquid oral dosage form, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is present in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, when the combination is reconstituted with the solvent to provide the liquid oral dosage form.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a combination of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate
- the reconstituting solvent is combined with the active ingredient to provide a liquid oral dosage form of the active ingredient.
- the liquid oral dosage form may be a solution or a suspension.
- the active ingredient is soluble in the solvent and forms a solution.
- the solvent may be water, a non-aqueous liquid, or a liquid that is a combination of a non-aqueous component and an aqueous component.
- Suitable non-aqueous components include, but are not limited to oils; alcohols, such as ethanol; glycerin; and glycols, such as polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
- a suitable solvent for use in the kit of the invention is propylene glycol:ethanol:phosphate buffer (1M, pH 8) in a ratio of about 58:12:30.
- the solvent may further comprise one or more additional additives such as, but not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, flavoring agents, and preservatives to improve the palatability of the liquid oral dosage form.
- additional additives such as, but not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, flavoring agents, and preservatives to improve the palatability of the liquid oral dosage form.
- This invention further encompasses anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the active ingredients, i.e., the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer.
- Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are advantageous since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds.
- the addition of water e.g., 5%
- anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are especially advantageous for pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, since these compounds are sensitive to moisture.
- Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained.
- Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions.
- Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are preferably packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
- Plasma samples from pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic studies were analyzed for the concentration of Compound (A) using an LC/MS/MS (liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry) assay with a standard curve range of 5 to 20,000 ng/mL (10 to 40,000 nM) for studies in mice and 2 to 1000 ng/mL (4 to 2000 nM) for studies in rats and dogs.
- concentrations of Compound (A) were determined using the LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 5 to 20,000 ng/mL (10 to 40,000 nM) in mouse plasma.
- the LC/MS/MS assay was also used to determine the concentrations of Compound (B), a degradation product of Compound (A) formed in the stock/dosing solution or in vivo, in rat and dog plasma.
- the structure of Compound (B) is:
- chromatographic separation was achieved, isocratically, on a Zorbax Stable Bond C18 column (2.1 ⁇ 150 mm, 5 mm) maintained at 40EC with a mobile phase of 0.1M ammonium acetate pH 5 and acetonitrile.
- chromatographic separation was achieved, isocratically, on a Stable Bond C18 column (2.1 ⁇ 150 mm, 5 mm) maintained at 40EC with a mobile phase of acetonitrile:0.1M ammonium acetate, pH 5.0 (1:1).
- Detection was by negative electrospray tandem mass spectrometry. The standard curve, which ranged from 2 to 500 ng/mL for all analytes and was fitted to a 1/ ⁇ weighted quadratic regression model.
- Compound (A) and Compound (B) were found to be stable at room temperature for at least 4 h in rat and dog EDTA (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) plasma prior to processing for analytical work and for at least 24 h at 4° C. in an autosampler after processing, and for at least 5 weeks at ⁇ 20° C. or lower in rat and dog plasma, and through at least 3 freeze-thaw cycles.
- both analytes were also found to be stable in fresh rat and dog EDTA whole blood at room temperature for at least 0.5 h.
- Compound (A) was administered intravenously (5 mg/kg) and orally (48 mg/kg) to female CDF, mice.
- Compound (A) was dissolved in 20% ethanol solution and was given as a bolus dose.
- solutions of Compound (A) were prepared as a 3:7 mixture of ethanol:phosphate buffered saline (0.25 M, pH 8.0) and administered by gavage.
- Plasma samples for determinating concentrations of Compound (A) were taken from 3 separate mice at 5, 15, and 45 min, and 2, 4, and 6 h after the IV dose, and at 15 and 45 min, and 2, 4, and 6 h after the oral dose.
- the systemic clearance or total body clearance (CLT) of Compound (A) was 68 mL/min/kg and represented 76% of the liver blood flow (90 mL/min/kg) and the steady-state volume of distribution (VSS) of 6.3 L/kg suggested extensive extravascular distribution, since the total body water in mice is approximately 0.7 L/kg (See, B. Davies and T. Morris, Physiological Parameters in Laboratory Animals and Humans,” Pharmaceutical Research, 1993, 10(7), 1093-1095).
- the terminal elimination half-life (T-HALF) was approximately 3 h.
- CMAX peak plasma concentration
- TMAX time to reach CMAX
- Compound (A) was given as a single intraarterial (2 mg/kg; 10 min infusion), oral (8 mg/kg), and intraduodenal (8 mg/kg) dose to fasted male Sprague Dawley rats (n ⁇ 3-6 per group). All dosing solutions were prepared in 20% ethanol. Plasma samples were obtained over a period of 24 h after dosing and the concentration of Compound (A) was determined using the LC/MS/MS assay.
- the plasma concentration-time profiles exhibited biphasic disposition with a rapid decline until 2 h postdose and a slow terminal phase.
- the mean T-HALF value was 9.6 h.
- bile duct cannulated Sprague Dawley rats received a single intraterial (10 mg/kg) or oral (20 mg/kg) dose of Compound (A), and bile, urine, and plasma samples were collected over a period of 9 h after dose. There was negligible excretion of intact Compound (A) in the bile (C 1% of the dose). There was some detectable amount of Compound (A) in the urine, but actual concentrations were not quantified due to lack of stability data for Compound (A) in the urine.
- Several drug-related compounds in the urine and plasma were tentatively identified by LC/MS and included an isomer (M+0), and a hydrolysis product (M+18). In addition, a metabolite (M ⁇ 2) was detected in the plasma.
- Compound (A) was given as an IV infusion (ca. 15 min) at doses of 0.5 and 5 mg/kg to 2 dogs/gender/dose.
- Dosing solutions of Compound (A) were prepared in 40% propylene glycol, 5% Cremophor EL®, 5% ethanol, and 50% phosphate buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) the day prior to dosing. Blood samples were obtained over a period of 48 h after dosing, and plasma concentrations of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were determined using the LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 2-500 ng/mL for both analytes.
- the means CMAX and AUC values of Compound (A) were in the ratio of 1:23 and 1:27, respectively, suggesting that the kinetics of Compound (A) were nonlinear between 0.5 and 5 mg/kg doses.
- T-HALF, MRT(INF), CLT, and VSS were not determined due to the limited sampling used in the study.
- the mean CMAX values were 95.6 and 984 ng/nL for the 0.5 and 5 mg/kg dose groups, respectively, and the mean AUC values were 55.0 and 1109 h.ng/mL, respectively.
- the mean CMAX and AUC values for Compound (B) were in the ratio of 1:10 and 1:20, respectively. Gender effect on the kinetics of Compound (A) could not be conclusively evaluated due to a small sample size, but the kinetics appeared to be reasonably similar between gender.
- the toxicokinetics of Compound (A) were evaluated in a single dose IV toxicology study in rats.
- Dosing solutions of Compound (A) were prepared in 50% propylene glycol, 10% Cremophor EL, 10% ethanol, and 30% phosphate buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) the day prior to dosing.
- Compound (A) was given as an IV infusion (ca. 3 min) at doses of 10, 25, and 30 mg/kg to 3 rats/gender/dose.
- Serial blood samples were obtained over a period of 24 h after dosing, and plasma concentrations of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were determined using an LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 2-500 ng/mL for both analytes.
- the mean CMAX values of Compound (A) in male rats were 6422, 19066, and 24414 ng/mL, respectively; in female rats, the mean CMAX values were 8384, 20524, and 25054 ng/mL, respectively.
- the mean values for the area under the concentration vs. time curve (AUC) for the 10, 25, and 30 mg/kg dose group were 3864, 11980, and 19269 h.ng/mL in male rats, respectively; in female rats, the values were 8156, 28476, and 34563 h.ng/mL, respectively.
- the mean CMAX values of Compound (A) for males and females were in the ratio of 1:3.0:3.8 and 1:2.5:3.0, respectively, and the AUC values were in the ratio of 1:3.1:4.9 and 1:3.5:4.2, respectively.
- T-HALF, mean residence time over the time interval zero to infinity MRT(INF), total body clearance (CLT), and VSS were not determined due to the limited sampling used in the study.
- the CMAX and AUC values across gender and dose groups ranged between 499 to 1787 ng/nt and 222 to 2003 h.ng/mL, respectively.
- the CMAX values for Compound (B) in males and females were in the ratio of 1:2.6:3.6 and 1:3.0:2.8, respectively, and the AUC values were in the ratio of 1:3.4:7.0 and 1:4.3:5.5, respectively.
- AUC values of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were higher by 1.8 to 2.4-fold and 1.3 to 2.0-fold, respectively, in female rats compared to male rats.
- Plasma concentrations of Compound (A) were determined at 2, 4, and 6 h after the start of the infusion, and were comparable for each dose level across time points suggesting that steady-state was reached by 2 h. Therefore, the concentrations at 2, 4, and 6 h were averaged to determine an apparent steady-state concentration. Dose-related increases in the apparent steady-state concentration were observed over the entire dose range of 3 to 150 mg/kg. The minimum effective concentration, defined as the apparent steady-state concentration achieved by the minimum effective IV infusion dose between 3 to 6 mg/kg, was observed to be between 15 to 45 ng/nL (ca. 30 to 90 nM).
- Compound (A) was evaluated in vitro using recombinant human CYP isoforms. IC 50 values for inhibition of deethylation of 3-cyano-7-ethoxycoumarin (CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, and CYP2D6) and for inhibition of dealkylation of benzoyl-resorufin (CYP3A4) were determined. Compound (A) was a weak inhibitor of human CYP3A4 with an average IC 50 value of 7.3 p.M (3.7 p.g/mL).
- Compound (A) did not inhibit CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, and CYP2D6.
- Compound (A) may have minimal potential to alter the metabolic clearance of drugs that are highly metabolized by CYP3A4, and is unlikely to significantly alter the metabolic clearance of drugs metabolized by CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, and CYP2D6.
- Compound (A) was incubated with human liver microsomes along with compounds specific for the inhibition of individual cytochrome P450s commonly involved in drug metabolism.
- the inhibitors used were ; furafylline (CYPIA2), 8-methoxypsoralen (CYP2A6), orphenadrine (CYP2B6), sulfaphenazole (CYP2C9), tranylcypromine (CYP2C19), quinidine (CYP2D6), troleandomycin (CYP3A4), and ketoconazole (CYP3A4).
- Significant inhibition was observed only with the CYP3A4 inhibitors, both of which completely inhibited the biotransformation of Compound (A).
- Compound (A) may be a substrate for CYP3A4.
- the permeability coefficient (Pc) of Compound (A) was studied in the Caco-2 cell culture system, an in vitro model for human intestinal absorption.
- the Pc values of 94-128 nm/sec for Compound (A) suggests that Compound (A) has the potential for good absorption in humans.
- Compound (A) was given as a 10 min intravenous (IV) infusion (0.5 mg/kg), a buffered oral solution (2 mg/kg), and a buffered oral suspension (1 mg/kg).
- Compound (A) was given to four adult male beagle dogs as a 10 min IV infusion (0.5 mg/kg), a buffered oral solution (2 mg/kg), or a buffered oral suspension (2 mg/kg).
- the oral solution of Compound (A) (about 1.5 mg/mL strength) was prepared in 58% propylene glycol, 12% ethanol, and 30% phosphate buffer (1 M, pH 8.0) as the vehicle.
- Compound (A) was suspended in 1% Avicel® RCS91 which contained phosphate buffer (2 M) and citric acid (85 mM). Upon reconstitution, the pH of the buffered suspension was about 8.0 and the strength was approximately 0.75 mg/mL. Due to cumulative toxicity the dose for the oral suspension scheduled during the third treatment period was reduced from 2 mg/kg to 1 mg/kg. Furthermore, the fourth treatment was not administered for lack of an evaluable formulation. The wash-out period between treatments was at least 7 days. Serial blood samples were collected over 24 h after dose administration and concentrations of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were determined using a LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 2-500 ng/mL for both analytes. The LC/MS/MS assay was the same as used in Example 1.
- Analytical runs consisted of standard, quality control (QC), and study samples.
- the plasma volume used for analysis was 0.2 mL and the standard curve range was 2 to 500 ng/mL for both analytes, defining the lower limit of quantitation (LLQ) and upper-limit of quantitation (ULQ), respectively. If the predicted concentration of a study sample was less than that of the lowest standard, the value of the predicted concentration was reported as ⁇ LLQ. If the predicted concentration was reported as ⁇ LLQ. If the predicted concentration was greater than that of the highest standard, the result of that analysis was reported as >ULQ and an appropriate volume of that sample was diluted with blank plasma and reanalyzed.
- LLQ lower limit of quantitation
- ULQ upper-limit of quantitation
- Serial blood samples (3 mL) were collected at predose, and 10 min (IV only; end-of-infusion), 15 min, 20 min (IV only), 30 min, and 45 min, and 1 h, 1.5 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h, 12 h, and 24 h after dosing.
- Blood samples were collected into Vacutainer® tubes containing K 3 -EDTA as the anticoagulant and the contents of each tube were mixed by gently inverting the tube. The blood samples were then placed immediately on chipped ice. Plasma was obtained within 30 min of collection by centrifuging the tubes at approximately 4° C. and 2000 ⁇ g for 5 min. Plasma samples were stored at or below ⁇ 20° C. until analyzed for the concentrations Compound (A) and Compound (B).
- the predicted concentrations of at least three-fourths of all calibration standards shall be within 15% of their individual nominal concentrations (20% for the LLQ); at least one replicate of the lowest concentration in the standard curve shall be within 20% of their nominal concentration for that level to qualify as the LLQ; and the predicted concentrations of at least three-fourths of all QC samples shall be within 15% of their individual nominal concentrations.
- the peak plasma concentration (CMAX) and the time to reach peak concentration (TMAX) were recorded directly from experimental observations.
- T-HALF was not determined due to the limited terminal phase sampling used in the study.
- the mean plasma concentration-time data of Compound (A) and Compound (B) are presented in Table 2.
- the corresponding graphical representations for Compound (A) and Compound (B) are depicted in FIGS. 1 and 2 , respectively.
- the plasma concentration-time profile for one dog after IV administration was inconsistent with the 10 min infusion dose since the observed TMAX was 1.0 h; this dog was not considered to be evaluable for pharmacokinetics.
- the AUC value obtained in this study after IV administration is reasonably comparable to the AUC values observed in a preliminary IV pharmacokinetic study (mean (SD); 483 (34) h.ng/mL) following a 0.5 mg/kg dose in dogs.
- the oral formulation for both studies was identical, the total volume of the oral solution administered in the current study was about 1.3 mL/kg while that in the toxicology study was 0.4 mL/kg. Thus the milliequivalents of buffer delivered in the current study were about 3-fold higher than those administered in the toxicology study, which may have provided better neutralization of gastric pH in the current study.
- Compound (A) is an acid labile drug, thus, the higher exposure after oral solution in the current study compared to the toxicology study is likely related to better protection from gastric acid degradation.
- CMAX and AUC(0 ⁇ T) values for Compound (B) indicates that dogs were exposed to Compound (B) after administration of the IV and oral solution dose; animals were not exposed to Compound (B) after dosing with the oral suspension. Systemic exposure to Compound (B) after oral administration was markedly higher than after IV administration.
- Buffers were formulated having the following composition:
- Buffer Buffer Composition #1 Composition #2 Ingredient Amount (g) Amount (g) Dibasic Sodium Phosphate 4.258 5.688 Anhydrous, USP Sodium Citrate Dihydrate, 2.941 2.942 USP Citric Acid Anhydrous, USP 0.232 0.256 Sucrose, NF (optional) 15.00 15.00 Cherry Flavor (optional) 0.075 0.075 Total 22.5 24.0
- the buffer is constituted with 140 mL of water to provide 150 mL of a liquid oral dosage form.
- the liquid oral dosage form has a pH of 7.43 ⁇ 0.07 (6 measurements).
- the average acid neutralization capacity of 5 liquid oral dosage forms was 49.7 (standard deviation 0.17, relative standard deviation 0.34%).
- the stability of compound (A) in 80:20 propylene glycol:ethanol was evaluated by reconstituting 25 mg Compound (A) with 80:20 propylene glycol:ethanol to provide a liquid oral dosage form at concentrations of 2.5 mg/mL to 12.5 mg/mL.
- the resulting liquid oral dosage form was then stored up to 20 hours at ambient temperature (20° C. to 25° C.) and room light and at refrigerated temperature (2° C. to 8° C.).
- liquid oral dosage form at concentrations of 2.5 mg/mL to 12.5 mg/mL, can be stored at ambient temperature for up to 6 hours and under refrigerated temperature for up to 20 hours.
- Compound 1 (3S,6R,7S,8S,12R,13S,15S)-15-Azido-12,13-epoxy-4,4,6,8,12,16-hexamethyl-7-hydroxy-17-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)-5-oxo-16-heptadecenoic acid.
- Compound 2 (3S,6R,7S,8S,12R,13S,15S)-15-Azido-12,13-epoxy-4,4,6,8,12,16-hexamethyl-7-hydroxy-17-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)-5-oxo-16-heptadecenoic acid.
- Compound A [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7,11-Dihydroxy-8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenylJ-4-aza-17-oxabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.
- Compound A for oral administration 25 mg/vial, was supplied as “drug in bottle.”
- the vehicle (buffer) for constitution of Compound A, 25 mg/vial was a mixture of 80% propylene glycol and 20% ethanol (v/v).
- the propylene glycol/ethylene mixture was prepared by mixing 80 parts by volume of propylene glycol and 20 parts by volume of ethanol in a suitable container and gently swirling the container until the solution was completely mixed.
- the citrate/phosphate buffer for oral administration after compound A was supplied in a separate bottle.
- Buffer for use with Compound A was constituted with water for injection (WFI):
- Compound A was prepared for administration to patients by using a suitable syringe to slowly inject 2.5, 5, or 10 mL of the propylene glycol/ethanol mixture into the 20 cc vial containing 25 mg/vial of Compound A, to give concentrations of 10, 5, or 2.5 mg/mL, respectively, depending on the dose to be administered to the patient
- the syringe was removed and the vial shaken vigorously for 10 seconds.
- the vial was placed in a sonication bath and sonicated until the solution became clear. Vials were pooled depending on the dose.
- the buffer for administration with Compound A was supplied in an 8 oz. clear glass bottle and was constituted with water for injection (WFI).
- the child resistant cap was removed from the bottle of buffer and about 140 mL of water for injection (WFI) were added.
- the bottle was shaken vigorously or sonicated with intermittent shaking until a clear solution was obtained.
- Vacutainer tubes were inverted several times to ensure mixing with the anticoagulant and then immediately placed on crushed ice. Within 30 minutes of collection, samples were centrifuged for 5 minutes at approximately 2000 ⁇ g and 0 to 5 EC 5 ° C. The plasma was then transferred to separate pre-labeled screw-capped polypropylene tubes and stored at ⁇ 70 EC ⁇ 70 ° C. until bioanalysis. Plasma concentrations of Compound A were analyzed using the LC/MS/MS assay described in Example 1.
- the plasma concentration versus time data were analyzed using non-compartmental methods.
- the pharmacokinetic parameters determined for Compound A included the maximum observed plasma concentration (Cmax), time to reach Cmax (Tmax), area under the plasma concentration time curve from time zero to the time of last sampling time T(AUC (0 ⁇ T)).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Abstract
The invention relates to methods of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones. Epothilones administered by the methods of the invention are sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect. The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical dosage forms, and kits for use in the methods of the invention.
Description
This application is a reissue application of U.S. Pat. No. 6,576,651 B2, which issued from U.S. application Ser. No. 10/057,390, filed Jan. 25, 2002, which claims priority from provisional application serial No. 60/264,228, filed Jan. 25, 2001 and No. 60/290,019, filed May 11, 2001, incorporated herein by reference in its their entirety.
The invention relates to methods of orally administering epothilones to a patient in a manner that increases bioavailability. The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical dosage forms, and kits for use in the methods of the invention. In particular, the invention relates to a solid oral dosage form of an epothilone.
Epothilones are 16 member cyclic macrolide molecules which find utility in the pharmaceutical field. For example, Epothilone A and B are naturally occurring compounds that can be isolated from certain microorganisms; there two compounds have the following structures:
Since the introduction of epothilones into the art, many groups have been designing, synthesizing and testing analogs of the naturally occurring epothilones in an attempt to develop useful pharmaceuticals. (See, e.g., D. Schinzer et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1997, 36, No. 3, 523-524; K. C. Nicolaou, et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1997, 119, 7974-7991; K. C. Nicaloau et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, No. 20, 2399-2401; A. Balog et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, No. 23/24, 2801-2803).
Known epothilones exert microtubule-stabilizing effects similar to Taxol® and therefore exhibit cytotoxic activity against rapidly proliferating cells, such as occur in cancer and other hyperproliferative cellular diseases (See Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., Vol. 35, No. 13/14, 1996 and D. M. Bollag, Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs, 6(7): 867-873, 1997).
Before epothilones can be used to treat diseases in patients, however, they must be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition that can be administered to the patient; for example, into a dosage form suitable for oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal, or rectal), parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, bolus injection, intramuscular, or intraaterial), or transdermal administration. Formulations for oral administration are particularly preferred since they are more convenient and easier to administer than other formulations. Also, the oral route of administration avoids the pain and discomfort of parenteral administration. Accordingly, formulations for oral administration are preferred by patients and result in better patient compliance with dosing schedules.
The usefulness of an oral formulations, however, requires that the active agent be bioavailable. Bioavailability of orally administered drugs is affected by various factors including, for example, drug absorption throughout the gastrointestinal tract, stability of the drug in the gastrointestinal tract, and the first pass effect. Thus, effective oral delivery of an active agent requires that the active agent have sufficient stability in the stomach and intestinal lumen to pass through the intestinal wall. Many drugs, however, tend to degrade quickly in the intestinal tract or have poor absorption in the intestinal tract so that oral administration is not an effective method for administering the drug.
Pharmaceutical compositions intended for oral administration are typically solid dosage forms (e.g., tablets) or liquid preparations (e.g., solutions, suspensions, or elixirs). Solid dosage forms, however, can impose restrictions on the pharmaceutical use of the active agent since some patient populations have difficulty, either physical or psychological, in swallowing solid oral dosage forms. If a liquid dosage form is available, these patients could more easily take the required dose of active ingredient by having it administered in the form of an oral liquid preparation that they can drink or having it administered, for example, by a naso-gastric tube. Thus, liquid oral dosage forms are desirable.
Liquid oral pharmaceutical compositions require a suitable solvent or carrier system to dissolve or disperse the active agent to enable the composition to be administered to a patient The solvent system must be compatible with the active agent and be non-toxic to the patient Commonly, the solvent for liquid oral formulations is a water based solvent.
The formulation of certain epothilones presents difficulties in addition to the normal hurdles, in that certain epothilones are either or both acid labile and/or poorly soluble in aqueous media, which is the media of first choice for oral solutions. The present invention, however, overcomes these difficulties and provides methods and pharmaceutical formulations for the oral administration of epothilones wherein the epothilones are sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect.
The present invention encompasses a method of orally delivering epothilones to a mammal while reducing or avoiding the degradation, decomposition, or deactivation of the epothilone by the gastrointestinal system, particularly by gastric fluid in the stomach. In one embodiment, the method encompasses administering the epothilone in, or with, a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer. In a preferred embodiment, the administration comprises the use of two solutions, one comprising the active epothilone alone, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and the other comprising the pharmaceutically acceptable neutralizing buffer.
The invention therefore includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an epothilone either in a solid form which is suitable for constitution, or reconstitution if lyophilized, into a pharmaceutically acceptable solution or as a pre-made solution. The invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable neutralizing buffer either in solid form suitable for constitution, or reconstitution if lyophilized, into a pharmaceutically acceptable solution or as a pre-made solution.
In a more specific embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods of increasing the bioavailability of an orally administered epothilone. The methods involve orally administering one or more epothilones of Formula:
wherein:
wherein:
-
- G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
- W is O or NR16;
- X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18;
- Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25 NHOR25; H, HNR26R27 NR26 R 27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
- B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41;
- D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
- R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from independently H, or lower alkyl;
- R8, R9, R10 and R11 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
- R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, and or substituted alkyl;
- R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are selected from the group of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
- R12, R16, R27, R29, R31, R38, and R43, are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, R51C═O, R52OC═O, R53SO2, hydroxy, and O-alkyl or O-substituted alkyl, ;
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, clathrate or prodrug thereof; and orally administering one or more pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers.
- G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
The pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered concurrently with, before, after, or both before and after administration of the one or more epothilones of interest. When administered before the active epothilone, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered not more than about 1 hour before the epothilone is administered. When administered after, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered not more than about 1 hour after the epothilone is administered.
The pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer solution, which may be a liquid formulation and which may be constituted immediately prior to administration, comprises one or more components that are capable of neutralizing acidic solutions, particularly gastric fluid, for a period of time. The buffer components include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable weak acids, weak bases, or mixtures thereof. Preferably, the buffer components are water soluble materials such as phosphoric acid, tartaric acids, lactic acid, succinic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, glutamic acid, and salts thereof.
The pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered in an amount sufficient to neutralize gastric fluids in the stomach and increase the amount of the epothilone that is absorbed by the gastrointestinal system. The pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered as an aqueous solution having a pH of between about 5 to 9. The pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered as an aqueous solution of anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate dihydrate, and anhydrous citric acid.
The present invention increases the bioavailability of the orally administered epothilone significantly above that of an epothilone orally administered without a neutralizing buffer. In one embodiment the bioavailability of the one or more epothilones or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is at least 20 percent. The one or more epothilones or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof may be orally administered as a solution in propylene glycol and ethanol, for example, wherein the ratio of propylene glycol:ethanol is about 80:20.
A preferred epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*, 11R*,16S*]]-7,11- dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.
A preferred compound is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E) ,7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7,11- dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl) ethenyl-4-aza-17-oxobicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.
The invention also encompasses kits which comprise the desired epothilone and a soluble buffer composition. The invention encompasses a kit comprising (a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an epothilone which is suitable for oral administration and (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an acid neutralizing buffer which is suitable for oral administration.
In one embodiment the kits include:
-
- (i) a first component comprising one or more epothilones of Formula:
- wherein G, W, X, Y, B1, B2, D, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R16, R17, R18, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41, R42, R43, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are defined above; and
- (ii) a second component comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer,
- wherein the first component and the second component are provided as a liquid oral dosage form or as a solid pharmaceutical composition that can be constituted or reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage.
- (i) a first component comprising one or more epothilones of Formula:
The pharmaceutical composition to be reconstituted with a solvent may be provided as a tablet. The first component or the second component may be anhydrous. The kit may optionally include solvents for reconstituting the first or second components. The solvent for reconstituting the first component may be a mixture of propylene glycol and ethanol, wherein the ratio of propylene glycol:ethanol is about 80:20.
The invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
-
- (i) one or more epothilones of Formula:
- WHEREIN G, W, X, Y, B1, B2, D, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R16, R17, R18, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41, R42, R43, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate or prodrug thereof in solid form; and
- (ii) a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof when the pharmaceutical composition is reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
- (i) one or more epothilones of Formula:
FIG. 1. Mean plasma concentration profiles for Compound (A) vs. time in dogs after IV administration at 0.5 mg/kg, -±-, and oral administration of a 2 mg/kg solution, -□-. Vertical bars represent standard deviations and are shown where larger than the symbol size.
FIG. 2. Mean plasma concentration profiles for Compound (B) vs. time in dogs after IV administration at 0.5 mg/kg, -±-, and oral administration of a 2 mg/kg solution, -□-. Vertical bars represent standard deviations and are shown where larger than the symbol size.
Based upon the pharmacological benefits of epothilones, there is need for dosage forms and methods for administering these compounds so that they are sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect. In particular, there is a need for oral dosage forms and more particularly for liquid oral dosage forms that can deliver an amount of epothilone sufficient to treat disease. The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery that epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib):
wherein:
wherein:
-
- G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
- W is O or NR16;
- X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18;
- Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25 NHOR25; H, HNR26R27 NR26 R 27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
- B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41
- D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
- R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from independently H, or lower alkyl;
- R8, R9, R10 and R11 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
- R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, and or substituted alkyl;
- R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are selected from the group of are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
- R12, R16, R27, R29, R31, R38, and R43, are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, R51C═O, R52OC═O, R53SO2, hydroxy, and O-alkyl or O-substituted alkyl,
- G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, clathrates or prodrugs thereof, when orally administering in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers, are sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect. Accordingly, the invention is directed to methods of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones of Formulae (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, by orally administering the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and orally administering a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in combination therewith. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical dosage forms, and kits for use in the methods of the invention.
A preferred epothilone compound for use in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2 -( 2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-4-aza-17-oxobicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione (“Compound (A)”), depicted below:
Listed below are definitions of various terms used to describe this invention. These definitions apply to the terms as they are used throughout this specification, unless otherwise indicated in specific instances.
As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to straight or branched chain unsubstituted hydrocarbon groups of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
As used herein, the term “substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted by, for example, one to four substituents, such as, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyoxy cycloalkyloxy, heterocylooxy heterocyclyloxy, oxo, alkanoyl, aryloxy, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, aralkylamino, cycloalkylamino, heterocycloamino heterocyclylamino, disubstituted amines in which the 2 amino substituents are selected from alkyl, aryl or aralkyl, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, aralkanoylamino, substituted alkanoylamino, substituted arylamino, substituted aralkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, aralkylthio, cycloalkylthio, heterocyclothio heterocyclylthio, alkylthiono, arylthiono, aralkylthiono, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonyl, sulfonamido (e.g. SO2NH2), substituted sulfonamido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carbamyl (e.g. CONH2), substituted carbamyl (e.g. CONH alkyl, CONH aryl, CONH aralkyl or cases where there are two substituents on the nitrogen selected from alkyl, aryl or aralkyl), alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, substituted aryl, guanidino and heterocyclos heterocycles, such as, indolyl, imidazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolidyl pyrrolidinyl, pyridyl, and pyrimidyl. Where noted above where the substituent is further substituted it will be with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl or aralkyl.
As used herein, the term “halogen” or “halo” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
As used herein, the term “aryl” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion, such as phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl and diphenyl groups, each of which may be substituted.
As used herein, the term “aralkyl” refers to an aryl group bonded directly through an alkyl group, such as benzyl.
As used herein, the term “substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group substituted by, for example, one to four substituents such as alkyl; substituted alkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, heterocyclo, halo, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, heterocyclooxy heterocyclyloxy, alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, aralkylamino, cycloalkylamino, heterocycloamino heterocyclylamino, dialkylamino, alkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, cycloalkylthio, heterocyclothio heterocyclylthio, ureido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carbamyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiono, arylthiono, alkysulfonyl, sulfonamido, and aryloxy. The substituent may be further substituted by halo, hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, substituted alkyl or aralkyl.
As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to optionally substituted, saturated cyclic hydrocarbon ring systems, preferably containing 1 to 3 rings and 3 to 7 carbons per ring which may be further fused with an unsaturated C3-C7 C 3-C 7 carbocyclic ring. Exemplary groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl, and adamantyl. Exemplary substituents include one or more alkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents.
As used herein, the terms “heterocycle”, “heterocyclic” and “heterocyclo” refer to an optionally substituted, fully saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or nonaromatic cyclic group, for example, a 4 to 15 membered system or a 4 to 7 membered monocyclic, 7 to 11 membered bicyclic, or 10 to 15 membered tricyclic ring system, which has at least one heteroatom in at least one carbon atom-containing ring. Each ring of the heterocyclic group containing a heteroatom may have 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms, where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may also optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may also optionally be quaternized. The heterocyclic group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom.
Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, oxetanyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxazepinyl, azepinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyridyl, N-oxo-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl sulfone, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiomorpholinyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolane and tetrahydro-1,1-dioxothienyl, dioxanyl, isothiazolidinyl, thietanyl, thiiranyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl.
Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, quinolinyl-N-oxide, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolyl indolizinyl, benzofuryl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl (such as furo[2,3-c]pyridinyl, furo[3,1-b]pyridinyl or furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl), dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroquinazolinyl (such as 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl), benzisothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzodiazinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzotriazolyl, benzpyrazolyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, dihydrobenzopyranyl, indolinyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, naphthyridinyl, phthalazinyl, piperonyl, purinyl, pyridopyridyl, quinazolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thienofuryl, thienopyridyl, and thienothienyl.
Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more alkyl groups as described above or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents. Also included are smaller heterocyclos, such as, epoxides and aziridines.
As used herein, the term “heteroatoms” shall include oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
As used herein, the prefix “lower” stands for a moiety having up to and including 7, preferably up to and including 4 carbon atoms.
As used herein, the term “bioavailable” means the extent to which a drug is absorbed into a living system and made available in the circulating blood of the living system. Methods to determine the bioavailability of drugs are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
As used herein, the phrase “sufficiently bioavailable to have a pharmacological effect” means that the epothilones are greater than 20 percent bioavailable, preferably greater than 30 percent bioavailable, and more preferably greater than 50 percent bioavailable.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt prepared from an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having a basic functional group, such as an amine, with a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic inorganic or organic acid. Suitable non-toxic acids include, but are not limited to, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, and p-toluenesulfonic acids. Salts formed with acids can be obtained, for example, with an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having a basic functional group and an equivalent amount of a non-toxic acid to provide an acid addition salt. The reaction is typically carried out in a medium in which the acid addition salt precipitates or an aqueous medium followed by evaporation. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” also refers to a salt prepared from an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having an acidic functional group, such as a carboxylic acid functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic inorganic or organic base. Suitable non-toxic bases include hydroxides of alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium; hydroxides of alkaline earth metal such as calcium and magnesium; hydroxides of other metals, such as aluminum and zinc; ammonia, and organic amines, such as unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or trialkylamines; dicyclohexylamine; tributyl amine; pyridine; N-methyl,N-ethylamine; diethylamine; triethylamine; mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl amines), such as mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, or tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, N,N,-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy lower alkyl)-amines, such as N,N,-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine; N-methyl-D-glucamine; and amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like. Salts formed with bases can be obtained, for example, with an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) having an acidic functional group and an equivalent amount of a non-toxic base. The reaction is typically carried out in a medium in which the salt precipitates or an aqueous medium followed by evaporation.
The invention also includes zwitterions.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer” refers to a combination of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid and a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salt of an acid that when added to a solution provides a solution that is more resistant to change of pH, compared to a solution without the buffer, when acid or alkali is added to the solution. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer” also includes compounds, such as basic compounds, that when added to an acidic solution neutralizes the acid and increases the pH of the solution.
As used herein, the term “clathrate” means an inclusion compound formed by the envelopment of a molecule of a “guest” compound in a cage-like hollow space formed by combination of several molecules of a “host” compound.
As used herein, the term “pro-drug” means a derivative of a compound that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide an epothilone compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). For example, carboxylic esters are conveniently formed by esterifying carboxylic acid functionalities; if the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) includes an acid functional group it can be esterified to provide a pro-drug. Various pro-drugs are well known in the art (For examples of pro-drugs, see: Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985; Methods in Enzymology, vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder et al., Academic Press, 1985; A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krosgaard-Larsen and H, Bundgaard, chapter 5, “Design and Application of Prodrugs,” by H. Bundgaard, p. 113-191, 1991; H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews,” 8, 1-38, 1992; H. Bundgaard et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77, 285, 1988; and N. Kakeya et al., Chem. Phar. Bull., 32, 692, 1984).
As used herein, the phrase “acid neutralization capacity,” means the quantity of 1 N HCl (expressed in milliequivalents) that can be brought to pH 3.5, as defined in the U.S. Pharmacopeia, 301.
As used herein, the term “solution” means a liquid preparation that contains one or more soluble active ingredients dissolved in a solvent.
As used herein, the term “suspension” means a finely divided, undissolved active ingredient suspended in a solvent.
As used herein, the term “elixir” means a solution of an active ingredient in a solvent containing water and alcohol.
As used herein, the term “syrup” means a concentrated solution of sugar, such as sucrose, in water or other aqueous liquid, optionally containing polyols, such as glycerin or sorbitol to retard crystallization of the sugar or increase solubility of the added ingredients.
Any epothilone can be used in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention. Preferably, the epothilones are acid labile and poorly soluble in water such that they are not readily bioavailable by the oral route. In a specific embodiment the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) are used in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention. Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) can be prepared by the methods disclosed in our co-pending application Ser. No. 09/280,191, filed Mar. 29, 1999 and our co-pending application Ser. No. 09/170,482 filed Oct. 13, 1998, the contents of which are expressly incorporated herein. One of ordinary skill in the art would also recognize that the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) could also be prepared by suitable modification of the methodologies disclosed in, for example, K. C. Nicolau et al., “An Approach to Epothilones Based on Olefin Metathesis,” Angew. Chem Int. Ed. Engl., 35(20): 2399-2401 (1996); K. C. Nicolau et al., “The Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: The Macrolactonization Approach,” Angew. Chem Int. Ed. Engl., 36(5): 525-527 (1997); K. C. Nicolau et al., “Designed Epothilones: Combinatorial Synthesis, Tubulin Assembly Properties, and Cytoxic Action Against Taxol Resistant Tumor Cells,” Angew. Chem Int. Ed. Engl., 36(19): 2097-2103 (1997); K. C. Nicolaou et al., “The Olefin Metathesis Approach to Epothilone A and its Analogues”, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 119(34): 7960-7973 (1997); K. C. Nicolaou et al., “Total Syntheses of Epothillones A and B via a Macrolactonization-Based Strategy,” J. Am. Chem. Soc., 119(34): 7974-7991 (1997); K. C. Nicolaou et al., “Synthesis of Epotilones A and B in Solid and Solution Phase,” Nature, 387: 268-272 (1997); and D. Meng et al., “Remote Effects in Macrolide Formation Through Ring-Forming Olefin Metathesis: An Application to the Synthesis of Fully Active Epothilone Congeners,” J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 119, No. 11, 2733-2734 (1997).
Preferably, the epothilones are crystalline and anhydrous. Optionally, the epothilones are sterilized before being used in the composition of the invention.
The epothilones of the invention are microtubule-stabilizing agents and, thus, can be used to treat a variety of cancer or other diseases of abnormal cell proliferation. The methods of the invention are particularly useful for administering one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, to a patient suffering from cancer or other hyperproliferative cellular disease. As used herein, the term “cancer” includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and blood born tumors. The term cancer refers to disease of skin, tissues, organs, bone, cartilage blood and vessels. The term “cancer” further encompasses primary and metastatic cancers. Examples of cancers that can be treated with the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, including that of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, lung, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, and skin, including squamous cell carcinoma; hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including, but not limited to, leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, and Burketts Burkitts lymphoma; hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage including, but not limited to, acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias and promyelocytic leukemia; tumors of mesenchymal origin including, but not limited to, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and osteosarcoma; other tumors including melanoma, seminoma, tetratocarcinoma, neuroblastoma, and glioma; tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system including, but not limited to, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, and schwannomas; and other tumors including, but not limited to, xenoderma, xeroderma pigmentosum, keratoactanthoma keratoacanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer, and teratocarcinoma.
The methods of the invention are useful for treating patients who have been previously treated for cancer, as well as those who have not previously been treated for cancer. Indeed, the methods and compositions of this invention can be used in first-line and second-line cancer treatments.
The methods of the invention are also useful in combination with known anti-cancer treatments, including radiation. The methods of the invention are especially useful in combination with anti-cancer treatments that involve administering a second drug that acts in a different phase of the cell cycle, e.g., S phase, than the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), which exert their effects at the G2-M phase.
Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may also inhibit tumor angiogenesis, thereby affecting abnormal cellular proliferation. Accordingly, the methods of the invention may also be useful in treating certain forms of blindness related to retinal vascularization, arthritis, especially inflammatory arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis restenosis, and psoriasis.
Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may also induce or inhibit apoptosis, a physiological cell death process critical for normal development and homeostasis. Alterations of apoptotic pathways contribute to the pathogenesis of a variety of human diseases. Accordingly, the methods of the invention will be useful in the treatment of a variety of human diseases with aberrations in apoptosis including cancer (particularly, but not limited to, follicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, hormone dependent tumors of the breast, prostrate prostate and ovary, and precancerous lesions such as familial adenomatous polyposis), viral infections (including, but not limited to, herpesvirus, poxvirus, Epstein-Barr virus, Sindbis virus and adenovirus), autoimmune diseases (including, but not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune mediated glomerulonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases and autoimmune diabetes mellitus), neurodegenerative disorders (including, but not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, AIDS-related dementia, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, retinitis pigmentosa, spinal muscular atrophy and cerebellar degeneration), AIDS, myelodysplastic syndromes, aplastic anemia, ischemic injury associated myocardial infarctions, stroke and reperfusion injury, arrhythmia, atherosclerosis, toxin-induced or alcohol induced liver diseases, hematological diseases (including but not limited to chronic anemia and aplastic anemia), degenerative diseases of the musculoskeletal system (including, but not limited to, osteoporosis and arthritis), aspirin-sensitive rhinosinusitis, cystic fibrosis, multiple sclerosis, kidney diseases, and cancer pain.
Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) may also be formulated or co-administered with other therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness in administering therapies associates with the aforementioned conditions. For example, each of the compounds of formulae I and II may be formulated with agents to prevent nausea, hypersensitivity, and gastric irritation, such as anti-emetics, and H1 and H2 antihistamines. The above therapeutic agents, when employed in combination with the Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), may be used in those amounts indicated in the Physicians' Desk Reference (PDR) or as otherwise determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
The purpose of the buffer in the methods of the invention is to temporarily neutralize gastric fluid and thereby reduce degradation of the epothilone in the stomach of the patient. In addition, in aqueous and partially aqueous liquid oral formulations comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, the buffer reduces decomposition of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). Applicants have surprisingly discovered that liquid oral dosage forms comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and a buffer are more stable than a liquid oral dosage form without a buffer.
Buffers useful in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention may be readily prepared by combining one or more acids and the salt of one or more acids in a ratio such that the combination, when dissolved in an aqueous solution, provides a solution having a pH of between about 5 and 9. Typically, the one or more acids will have a pKa of between about 4 and 10. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily recognize how to prepare buffers that provide a solution having the desired pH value. In addition, the invention contemplates for use as a buffer compounds, such as basic compounds, that when added to an acidic solution increase the pH of the solution.
Those skilled in the art would readily recognize a variety of buffers that could be used in the methods, compositions, and dosage forms of the invention. Typical buffers include, but are not limited to pharmaceutically acceptable weak acids, weak bases, or mixtures thereof. Preferably, the buffer components are water soluble materials such as phosphoric acid, tartaric acids, lactic acid, succinic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and salts thereof. Preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-monobasic phosphate buffer or a dibasic phosphate buffer-citric acid-citrate buffer. These buffers are commercially available or can be readily prepared by one of ordinary skill in the art using commercially available buffering agents such as those mentioned above.
The invention encompasses methods of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones by orally administering an epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and orally administering a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer. The invention is particularly well suited for epothilones that are acid labile but may also be used with epothilones that are sensitive to hydrolysis under alkaline conditions and for epothilones that are not sensitive to hydrolysis. Further, the invention may be used with epothilones that are poorly soluble in aqueous media.
It should be recognized that the epothilones of the invention can be administered parenterally which would avoid the gastrointestinal system and overcome any bioavailability concerns. However, such administration is inconvenient and uncomfortable for the patient and provides other potential adverse effects. The compositions of this invention and the methods enable the oral route of administration to be used which is a significant advantage, particularly for human patients.
Administering one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer provides increased bioavailability of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). Without being limited by theory, it is believed that the increased bioavailability is due, at least in significant part, to the buffer decreasing the rate of decomposition of the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in the acidic environment of the stomach. Certain epothilones including the preferred epothilone, Compound (A), are unstable in acidic aqueous environments and decompose, presumably by an acid catalyzed hydrolytic opening of the epoxide ring. For example, the time for 5% drug loss (t95) at 37° C. for an aqueous solution of Compound (A) is approximately 38 minutes at pH 7.4 but only about 0.2 minutes at pH 2.5. Thus, when epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, are orally administered they decompose in the stomach of the patient such that they are either minimally absorbed or not absorbed by the gastrointestinal tract.
When one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, are administered to a patient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer, however, the buffer neutralizes acid in the stomach of the patient so that the rate of decomposition of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is sufficiently decreased so that the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof remain in the gastrointestinal tract for sufficient time to be absorbed.
In another embodiment of the invention an anti-acid such as hydroxides of aluminum and magnesium; carbonates, such as sodium carbonate and calcium carbonate; silicates; and phosphates can be used to neutralize the acid in the stomach before during or after epothilone administration.
When orally administered according to the methods of the invention, the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are at least about 20% bioavailable, preferably at least about 40% bioavailable, and more preferably at least about 50% bioavailable.
In one embodiment of the invention, the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are provided in a single oral dosage form and are administered simultaneously. The single composition comprising the combination of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered as a solid oral dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, or powder) or a liquid oral dosage form (e.g., a solution, suspension, or elixir). The solution or suspension can be constituted just prior to administration using the appropriate solvents or cosolvents to dissolve the epothilone and the buffer components.
For example, the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be administered simultaneously as a solution of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) dissolved in a liquid comprising propylene glycol:ethanol:phosphate buffer (for example at 1M, about pH 8) in a ratio of about 58:12:30, respectively.
In another embodiment of the invention, the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are provided as separate distinct pharmaceutical compositions and are administered separately. Each of which are these is administered as a solid oral dosage form or a liquid oral dosage form.
When the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are administered separately, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer may be orally administered before, after, or both before and after the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) is administered. Preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered both before and after oral administration of the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), in an amount sufficient to neutralize the stomach acid. When the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered before the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, it is administered within about 5 hours, preferably within about 3 hours, more preferably within about 1 hour, and most preferably within about 10 minutes before the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) is administered. When the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered after the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, it is administered within about 5 hours, preferably within about 3 hours, more preferably within about 1 hour, and most preferably within about 10 minutes before the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) is administered.
In another embodiment the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, chlathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, are administered as an enteric coated pill or capsule to delay release of the epothilone until after the pharmaceutically effective acid neutralizing buffer is administered. Enteric coated tablets and capsules are capsules coated with a substances that resist solution in a gastric fluid but disintegrate in the intestine.
In one embodiment the buffer is administered as a dispersible tablet.
The magnitude of the therapeutic dose of the desired epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, will typically vary with the specific disease and severity of the disease being treated. The dose, and perhaps the dose frequency, may also vary according to age, body weight, response, and the past medical history of the patient. Suitable dosing regimens can be readily selected by those skilled in the art with due consideration of such factors. Typically, the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, is orally administered in a total amount of about 0.05 to about 200 mg/kg/day, preferably from about 5 to about 100 mg/kg/day, and more preferably less than about 100 mg/kg/day in a single dose or in about 2 to 4 divided doses.
The invention encompasses pharmaceutical unit dosage forms of the desired epothilone comprising 5 mg/unit, 10 mg/unit, 15 mg/unit, 20 mg/unit, 25 mg/unit, 50 mg/unit, and 100 mg/unit. Similarly, liquid unit doses encompassed by the invention include, but are not limited to, 2.5 mg/mL and 10 mg/mL.
The term “total amount,” as used herein, means the combined amount of the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, if more than one epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is in a unit dosage form or administered to the patient
Further, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered in an amount sufficient to deliver at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, preferably at least about 30 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, more preferably at least about 40 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, and most preferably at least about 50 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
The invention also encompasses pharmaceutical unit dosage forms of the desired buffer comprising about 5 to 100 mg/unit, preferably about 22.5 mg/unit, and more preferably about 22.5 mg/unit. Similarly, liquid unit doses of the buffer encompassed by the invention include about 5 to 100 mg/unit, preferably about 22.5 mg/unit, and more preferably about 22.5 mg/unit dissolved in about 50 to 300 mL of a solvent, preferably about 100 to 200 mL of a solvent, and more preferably about 150 mL of a solvent.
Typically, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered as an aqueous solution having a pH of between about 5 to 9, preferably about 6 to 8.5, and more preferably about 7 to 8. Any pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer that provides a solution having a pH in the desired range may be used in the methods of the invention. Preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-monobasic phosphate buffer or a dibasic phosphate buffer-citric acid-citrate buffer.
In one embodiment of the invention, the patient is first administered the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer as about 150 mL of an aqueous solution comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate (about 0.2 M), sodium citrate dihydrate (about 0.07 M), and anhydrous citric acid (about 0.008 M) at a pH of about 7.4; followed by oral administration of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof as a liquid dosage form in a propylene glycol:ethanol system having a ratio of about 80:20; followed by oral administration of another about 150 mL aqueous solution comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate (about 0.2 M), sodium citrate dihydrate (about 0.07 M), and anhydrous citric acid (about 0.008 M) at a pH of about 7.4.
The present invention is also directed to kits comprising a first component comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and a second component comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer. The first component and the second component are provided as separate distinct pharmaceutical compositions which are intended to be administered separately. The first and second components are provided as a pharmaceutical dosage form suitable for oral administration or as solid pharmaceutical composition that can be constituted or reconstituted with a liquid to provide a liquid oral dosage form. Preferably, the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) are packaged in light-protected vials.
Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete dosage forms, such as, but not limited, tablets (e.g., chewable tablets), caplets, capsules, powder in a sachet, enteric coated tablets, enteric coated beads, enteric coated soft gel capsules, and liquids (e.g., flavored syrups). Such dosage forms contain predetermined amounts of the active ingredient and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art (See Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing, Easton Pa. (1990)).
Typical oral dosage forms are prepared by combining the active ingredients in an intimate admixture with at least one excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. Excipients can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. For example, excipients suitable for use in solid oral dosage forms (e.g., powders, tablets, capsules, and caplets) include, but are not limited to, starches, sugars, micro-crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents. Examples of excipients suitable for use in oral liquid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservation, and coloring agents.
Tablets and capsules represent convenient pharmaceutical compositions and oral dosage forms, in which case solid excipients are employed. If desired, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredients with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then shaping the product into the desired presentation if necessary.
For example, a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredients in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
Examples of excipients that can be used in oral dosage forms of the invention include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants. Binders suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (e.g., Nos. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, the materials sold as AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103 AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division, Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, Pa.), and mixtures thereof. A specific binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose sold as AVICEL RC-581. Suitable anhydrous or low moisture excipients or additives include AVICEL-PH-103™ and Starch 1500 LM.
Examples of fillers suitable for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof. The binder or filler in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention is typically present in from about 50 to about 99 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
Disintegrants are used in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Tablets that contain too much disintegrant may disintegrate in storage, while those that contain too little may not disintegrate at a desired rate or under the desired conditions. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too much nor too little to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredients should be used to form the pharmaceutical compositions and solid oral dosage forms of the invention. The amount of disintegrant used varies based upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. Typical pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprise from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, preferably from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant.
Disintegrants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, micro-crystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures thereof.
Lubricants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, manufactured by W. R. Grace Co. of Baltimore, Md.), a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica (marketed by Degussa Co. of Plano, Tex.), CAB-O-SIL (a pyrogenic silicon dioxide product sold by Cabot Co. of Boston, Mass.), and mixtures thereof. If used at all, lubricants are typically used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
The pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms may further comprise one or more compounds that reduce the rate by which an active ingredient will decompose. Such compounds, which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and salt buffers.
Solutions for oral administration represent another convenient oral dosage form, in which case a solvent is employed. Liquid oral dosage forms are prepared by combining the active ingredient in a suitable solvent to form a solution, suspension, syrup, or elixir of the active ingredient in the liquid.
The solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs may optionally comprise other additives including, but not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, sugars, flavoring agents, and stabilizers.
The kits of the invention may include the first and/or second components as an already prepared liquid oral dosage form ready for administration or, alternatively, may include the first and/or second components as a solid pharmaceutical composition that can be reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form. When the kit includes the first and/or second components as a solid pharmaceutical composition that can be reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form, the kit may optionally include the reconstituting solvent.
The constituting or reconstituting solvent is combined with the active ingredient to provide a liquid oral dosage form of the active ingredient. Preferably, the active ingredient is soluble in the solvent and forms a solution. The solvent may be water, a non-aqueous liquid, or a combination of a non-aqueous component and an aqueous component. Suitable non-aqueous components include, but are not limited to oils; alcohols, such as ethanol; glycerin; and glycols, such as polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
The pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers of the invention are preferably water soluble. Accordingly, the preferred solvent for the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers is water or water based systems including saline solutions or dextrose solutions.
Epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof are relatively insoluble in water. Accordingly, for epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, non-aqueous liquids or liquids that are a combination of a miscible aqueous component and a non-aqueous component are preferred with non-aqueous liquids being most preferred.
A preferred non-aqueous liquid for epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is surfactant such as propylene glycol and ethanol, preferably in a ratio of about 80:20. Suitable non-aqueous liquids or surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol, polysorbates, propylene glycol, glyceryl esters, Cremophor, fatty acid esters and alcohols, polyoxyethylene, and fatty alcohol esters and ethers.
When the solvent for the epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, includes an aqueous component, it is preferred that the aqueous component is buffered to reduce decomposition of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). Liquid oral dosage forms comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in an aqueous or partially aqueous solvent provides provide liquid oral dosage forms that are more stable than a liquid oral dosage form without a buffer. Specifically, it has been discovered that the rate of decomposition of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in a buffered liquid oral formulation is less than the rate of decomposition in an unbuffered liquid oral formulation. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) are unstable in acidic and basic medium, presumably as a result of an acid or base catalyzed hydrolytic opening of the epoxide ring. By buffering the liquid oral formulation, however, it is possible to maintain the pH of the liquid oral formulation at a value such the rate of decomposition of the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (b) is slow enough that the epothilone of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) does not decompose before it can be administered to a patient. The aqueous or partially aqueous liquid oral dosage forms are preferably buffered to a pH of between about 5 to 9, preferably about 6 to 8.5, and more preferably about 7 to 8.
When the active ingredient is provided as a solid pharmaceutical composition that is constituted or reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form it is typically provided in powdered form and constituted with the liquid shortly before administration to the patient. The powdered pharmaceutical composition may be packaged, for example, in a vial to which is added the solvent. Alternatively, the contents of the vial may be added to the solvent in a separate container. The powdered active ingredient of the invention may also be packaged in a sachet, such as a foil package, that can be opened and the contents added to the solvent. The powdered active ingredient of the invention may also be formulated as a tablet that dissolves when it is added to the solvent. Often the tablet includes a disintegrant to facilitate dissolution of the tablet.
The present invention is also directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in solid form and a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, when the pharmaceutical composition is reconstituted with a liquid to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
In addition to providing a more stable liquid oral dosage form, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention also provide a liquid oral dosage form wherein the epothilone is more bioavailable when orally administered to a patient. Accordingly, the invention is also directed to a liquid oral dosage form comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer dissolved in or dispersed in a solvent. Preferably, the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, and the solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer are dissolved in the liquid to provide a solution.
Preferably, the buffer is present in the pharmaceutical composition such that it provides a liquid oral formulation having a pH of between about 5 to 9, preferably about 6 to 8.5, and more preferably about 7 to 8. Typically, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is present in an amount sufficient to deliver at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, preferably at least about 30 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, more preferably at least about 40 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity, and most preferably at least about 50 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity when reconstituted with a liquid to provide the liquid oral dosage form. Any pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer that can provide a pH within this range may be used in the composition of the invention. Preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-monobasic phosphate buffer or a dibasic phosphate buffer-citric acid-citrate buffer.
Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprise the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in a total amount of about 0.05 to about 200 mg, preferably from about 5 to about 100 mg, and more preferably about 10 to 50 mg.
The invention further relates to a kit comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a combination of one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in solid form and a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer and (ii) a solvent for reconstituting the pharmaceutical composition to provide a liquid oral dosage form, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is present in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, when the combination is reconstituted with the solvent to provide the liquid oral dosage form.
The reconstituting solvent is combined with the active ingredient to provide a liquid oral dosage form of the active ingredient. The liquid oral dosage form may be a solution or a suspension. Preferably, the active ingredient is soluble in the solvent and forms a solution. The solvent may be water, a non-aqueous liquid, or a liquid that is a combination of a non-aqueous component and an aqueous component. Suitable non-aqueous components include, but are not limited to oils; alcohols, such as ethanol; glycerin; and glycols, such as polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol. A suitable solvent for use in the kit of the invention is propylene glycol:ethanol:phosphate buffer (1M, pH 8) in a ratio of about 58:12:30.
The solvent may further comprise one or more additional additives such as, but not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, flavoring agents, and preservatives to improve the palatability of the liquid oral dosage form.
This invention further encompasses anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the active ingredients, i.e., the one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer. Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are advantageous since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds. For example, the addition of water (e.g., 5%) is widely accepted in the pharmaceutical arts as a means of simulating long-term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf-life or the stability of formulations over time (See, e.g., Jens T. Carstensen, Drug Stability: Principles & Practice, 2d. Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, N.Y., 1995, pp. 379-80). In effect, water and heat accelerate the decomposition of some compounds. Thus, the effect of water on a formulation can be of great significance since moisture and/or humidity are commonly encountered during manufacture, handling, packaging, storage, shipment, and use of formulations. Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are especially advantageous for pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising one or more epothilones of Formula (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, since these compounds are sensitive to moisture.
Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are preferably packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
Certain embodiments of the invention, as well as certain advantages of the invention, are illustrated by the following non-limiting examples.
1.1 Sample Analysis
Plasma samples from pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic studies were analyzed for the concentration of Compound (A) using an LC/MS/MS (liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry) assay with a standard curve range of 5 to 20,000 ng/mL (10 to 40,000 nM) for studies in mice and 2 to 1000 ng/mL (4 to 2000 nM) for studies in rats and dogs. In pharmacodynamic studies, concentrations of Compound (A) were determined using the LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 5 to 20,000 ng/mL (10 to 40,000 nM) in mouse plasma. The LC/MS/MS assay was also used to determine the concentrations of Compound (B), a degradation product of Compound (A) formed in the stock/dosing solution or in vivo, in rat and dog plasma. The structure of Compound (B) is:
Samples were analyzed by adding an internal standard to 0.2 mL of sample, precipitating with acetone, and then extracting the supernatant with 1-chlorobutane. The organic layer was removed and evaporated to dryness. The residue was reconstituted and injected into the LC/MS/MS system. For human plasma, chromatrographic separation was achieved, isocratically, on a YMC ODS-AQ column (4.6×50 mm, 3 mm) with a mobile phase of acetonitrile:0.01M ammonium acetate, pH 5.0 (65:35). For dog plasma, chromatographic separation was achieved, isocratically, on a Zorbax Stable Bond C18 column (2.1×150 mm, 5 mm) maintained at 40EC with a mobile phase of 0.1M ammonium acetate pH 5 and acetonitrile. For rat plasma, chromatographic separation was achieved, isocratically, on a Stable Bond C18 column (2.1×150 mm, 5 mm) maintained at 40EC with a mobile phase of acetonitrile:0.1M ammonium acetate, pH 5.0 (1:1). Detection was by negative electrospray tandem mass spectrometry. The standard curve, which ranged from 2 to 500 ng/mL for all analytes and was fitted to a 1/×weighted quadratic regression model.
Compound (A) and Compound (B) were found to be stable at room temperature for at least 4 h in rat and dog EDTA (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) plasma prior to processing for analytical work and for at least 24 h at 4° C. in an autosampler after processing, and for at least 5 weeks at −20° C. or lower in rat and dog plasma, and through at least 3 freeze-thaw cycles. In addition, both analytes were also found to be stable in fresh rat and dog EDTA whole blood at room temperature for at least 0.5 h.
1.2 Pharmacokinetics in Mice
Compound (A) was administered intravenously (5 mg/kg) and orally (48 mg/kg) to female CDF, mice. For the IV route, Compound (A) was dissolved in 20% ethanol solution and was given as a bolus dose. For the oral route, solutions of Compound (A) were prepared as a 3:7 mixture of ethanol:phosphate buffered saline (0.25 M, pH 8.0) and administered by gavage. Plasma samples for determinating concentrations of Compound (A) were taken from 3 separate mice at 5, 15, and 45 min, and 2, 4, and 6 h after the IV dose, and at 15 and 45 min, and 2, 4, and 6 h after the oral dose.
After IV administration, the systemic clearance or total body clearance (CLT) of Compound (A) was 68 mL/min/kg and represented 76% of the liver blood flow (90 mL/min/kg) and the steady-state volume of distribution (VSS) of 6.3 L/kg suggested extensive extravascular distribution, since the total body water in mice is approximately 0.7 L/kg (See, B. Davies and T. Morris, Physiological Parameters in Laboratory Animals and Humans,” Pharmaceutical Research, 1993, 10(7), 1093-1095). The terminal elimination half-life (T-HALF) was approximately 3 h.
After oral administration of Compound (A), the peak plasma concentration (CMAX) was 5983 ng/mL and the time to reach CMAX (TMAX) was achieved at 0.25 h postdose, suggesting that the absorption of Compound (A) was rapid. The absolute oral bioavailability of Compound (A) was 31%.
1.3 Pharmacokinetics in Rats
Compound (A) was given as a single intraarterial (2 mg/kg; 10 min infusion), oral (8 mg/kg), and intraduodenal (8 mg/kg) dose to fasted male Sprague Dawley rats (n×3-6 per group). All dosing solutions were prepared in 20% ethanol. Plasma samples were obtained over a period of 24 h after dosing and the concentration of Compound (A) was determined using the LC/MS/MS assay.
After intraarterial administration, the plasma concentration-time profiles exhibited biphasic disposition with a rapid decline until 2 h postdose and a slow terminal phase. The CLT (mean value=56 mL/min/kg) of Compound (A) represented 100% of the liver blood flow (56 mL/min/kg), and the VSS (mean value=23 L/kg) was suggestive of extensive extravascular distribution, since the total body water in rats is about 0.7 L/kg (See, B. Davies and T. Morris, Physiological Parameters in Laboratory Animals and Humans,” Pharmaceutical Research, 1993; 10 (7), 1093-1095). The mean T-HALF value was 9.6 h.
After oral and intraduodenal administration, mean CMAX values were 228 and 642 ng/mL, respectively; TMAX values were 0.17 h and 0.08 h, respectively, suggesting that the absorption of Compound (A) was rapid. The absolute oral bioavailability of Compound (A) after oral and intraduodenal administration in the rat was 7.5% and 27%, respectively.
In another study, bile duct cannulated Sprague Dawley rats (n=2 per group) received a single intraterial (10 mg/kg) or oral (20 mg/kg) dose of Compound (A), and bile, urine, and plasma samples were collected over a period of 9 h after dose. There was negligible excretion of intact Compound (A) in the bile (C 1% of the dose). There was some detectable amount of Compound (A) in the urine, but actual concentrations were not quantified due to lack of stability data for Compound (A) in the urine. Several drug-related compounds in the urine and plasma were tentatively identified by LC/MS and included an isomer (M+0), and a hydrolysis product (M+18). In addition, a metabolite (M−2) was detected in the plasma.
1.4 Pharmacokinetics in Dogs
Male beagle dogs (n=3) were administered a 10 min IV infusion of 0.5 mg/kg of Compound (A) (given as a 10% ethanol solution). Plasma samples were taken over a period of 32 h after dose to determine the plasma concentrations of Compound (A). The plasma concentration-time curve displayed a multiphase profile, with an initial rapid decline in Us concentration over 2 hour after dose and a slow terminal elimination phase. The CLT (mean value=17.3 mL/min/kg) of Compound (A) represented about 56% of the liver blood flow (30.9 mL/min/kg) and the means VSS of 25.2 L/kg suggested extensive extravascular distribution based on the total body water of 0.6 L/kg in dogs. The T-HALF was estimated to be approximately 24 h.
The kinetics of Compound (A) were also evaluated as part of a single dose IV toxicology study. Compound (A) was given as an IV infusion (ca. 15 min) at doses of 0.5 and 5 mg/kg to 2 dogs/gender/dose. Dosing solutions of Compound (A) were prepared in 40% propylene glycol, 5% Cremophor EL®, 5% ethanol, and 50% phosphate buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) the day prior to dosing. Blood samples were obtained over a period of 48 h after dosing, and plasma concentrations of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were determined using the LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 2-500 ng/mL for both analytes. For doses of 0.5 and 5 mg/kg of Compound (A), the mean CMAX values for Compound (A), combined across gender, were 218 and 5118 ng/mL, respectively, and the mean AUC values were 316 and 6925 h.ng/mL, respectively. For doses in a ratio of 1:10, the means CMAX and AUC values of Compound (A) were in the ratio of 1:23 and 1:27, respectively, suggesting that the kinetics of Compound (A) were nonlinear between 0.5 and 5 mg/kg doses. T-HALF, MRT(INF), CLT, and VSS were not determined due to the limited sampling used in the study.
For Compound (B), the mean CMAX values were 95.6 and 984 ng/nL for the 0.5 and 5 mg/kg dose groups, respectively, and the mean AUC values were 55.0 and 1109 h.ng/mL, respectively. The mean CMAX and AUC values for Compound (B) were in the ratio of 1:10 and 1:20, respectively. Gender effect on the kinetics of Compound (A) could not be conclusively evaluated due to a small sample size, but the kinetics appeared to be reasonably similar between gender.
This study shows that a dose related increase in the systemic exposure to Compound (A) is observed with the increase being more than proportional to the increase in dose. Furthermore, dose-related increase in the systemic exposure to Compound (B) was also observed.
The toxicokinetics of Compound (A) were evaluated in a single dose IV toxicology study in rats. Dosing solutions of Compound (A) were prepared in 50% propylene glycol, 10% Cremophor EL, 10% ethanol, and 30% phosphate buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) the day prior to dosing. Compound (A) was given as an IV infusion (ca. 3 min) at doses of 10, 25, and 30 mg/kg to 3 rats/gender/dose. Serial blood samples were obtained over a period of 24 h after dosing, and plasma concentrations of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were determined using an LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 2-500 ng/mL for both analytes. At a dose of 10, 25, and 30 mg/kg, the mean CMAX values of Compound (A) in male rats were 6422, 19066, and 24414 ng/mL, respectively; in female rats, the mean CMAX values were 8384, 20524, and 25054 ng/mL, respectively. The mean values for the area under the concentration vs. time curve (AUC) for the 10, 25, and 30 mg/kg dose group were 3864, 11980, and 19269 h.ng/mL in male rats, respectively; in female rats, the values were 8156, 28476, and 34563 h.ng/mL, respectively. For doses in a ratio of 1:2.5:3 proportion, the mean CMAX values of Compound (A) for males and females were in the ratio of 1:3.0:3.8 and 1:2.5:3.0, respectively, and the AUC values were in the ratio of 1:3.1:4.9 and 1:3.5:4.2, respectively. T-HALF, mean residence time over the time interval zero to infinity MRT(INF), total body clearance (CLT), and VSS were not determined due to the limited sampling used in the study.
For Compound (B), the CMAX and AUC values across gender and dose groups ranged between 499 to 1787 ng/nt and 222 to 2003 h.ng/mL, respectively. The CMAX values for Compound (B) in males and females were in the ratio of 1:2.6:3.6 and 1:3.0:2.8, respectively, and the AUC values were in the ratio of 1:3.4:7.0 and 1:4.3:5.5, respectively. AUC values of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were higher by 1.8 to 2.4-fold and 1.3 to 2.0-fold, respectively, in female rats compared to male rats.
This study shows that there is a dose-related increase in systemic exposure to Compound (A) with the increase being more than proportional to the increase in dose, with females having higher exposure than male rats. Furthermore, dose-related increase in the systemic exposure to Compound (B) was also observed.
A series of experiments were conducted to evaluate the anticancer activity of Compound (A) administered as an IV infusion over a period of 10 h in nude female mice bearing subcutaneous human ovarian carcinoma (Pat-7 tumor). Compound (A), as a solution in 10% ethanol, was administered at doses of 3 to 150 mg/kg. Results from these experiments suggested that a dose between 3 to 6 mg/kg of Compound (A) was considered to be a minimum effective dose (defined as a dose required to produce activity equivalent to 0.5 log cell kill). In a series of parallel experiments, the apparent steady-state concentrations of Compound (A) was determined in mice after 10 h IV infusion doses of 3 to 150 mg/kg. Plasma concentrations of Compound (A) were determined at 2, 4, and 6 h after the start of the infusion, and were comparable for each dose level across time points suggesting that steady-state was reached by 2 h. Therefore, the concentrations at 2, 4, and 6 h were averaged to determine an apparent steady-state concentration. Dose-related increases in the apparent steady-state concentration were observed over the entire dose range of 3 to 150 mg/kg. The minimum effective concentration, defined as the apparent steady-state concentration achieved by the minimum effective IV infusion dose between 3 to 6 mg/kg, was observed to be between 15 to 45 ng/nL (ca. 30 to 90 nM).
Upon incubation of Compound (A) (40 :M) with mouse, rat, dog, and human liver microsomes fortified with nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH), the rate of oxidative metabolism of Compound (A) was 2.1, 0.7, 1.2 and 1.3 nmol/min/mg protein, respectively. Moreover, the metabolite distribution was similar among all species (metabolite masses included several M+6 and M−2 compounds). Qualitatively, there appeared to be similar production of metabolites of Compound (A) after incubation with rat or human hepatocytes compared to microsomal incubations. Products similar to those arising from the chemical degradation of Compound (A) appeared to be the major products in the hepatocyte incubations.
The ability of Compound (A) to inhibit the major human cytochrome P450s (CYPs) responsible for the metabolism of drugs was evaluated in vitro using recombinant human CYP isoforms. IC50 values for inhibition of deethylation of 3-cyano-7-ethoxycoumarin (CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, and CYP2D6) and for inhibition of dealkylation of benzoyl-resorufin (CYP3A4) were determined. Compound (A) was a weak inhibitor of human CYP3A4 with an average IC50 value of 7.3 p.M (3.7 p.g/mL). The compound did not inhibit CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, and CYP2D6. These in vitro results suggest that Compound (A) may have minimal potential to alter the metabolic clearance of drugs that are highly metabolized by CYP3A4, and is unlikely to significantly alter the metabolic clearance of drugs metabolized by CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, and CYP2D6.
Compound (A) was incubated with human liver microsomes along with compounds specific for the inhibition of individual cytochrome P450s commonly involved in drug metabolism. The inhibitors used were ; furafylline (CYPIA2), 8-methoxypsoralen (CYP2A6), orphenadrine (CYP2B6), sulfaphenazole (CYP2C9), tranylcypromine (CYP2C19), quinidine (CYP2D6), troleandomycin (CYP3A4), and ketoconazole (CYP3A4). Significant inhibition was observed only with the CYP3A4 inhibitors, both of which completely inhibited the biotransformation of Compound (A). Thus, in humans, Compound (A) may be a substrate for CYP3A4.
The permeability coefficient (Pc) of Compound (A) was studied in the Caco-2 cell culture system, an in vitro model for human intestinal absorption. The Pc of Compound (A) at 10, 30, and 100 pM (Ca 5, 15, and 50 pg/mL, respectively) concentration was 94, 105, and 128 nm/sec, respectively. The Pc of some model compounds, for which the bioavailability in humans is known, was also determined in the same experiment. These compounds included salicylic acid, acetaminophen, ibuprofen, and propranolol, all of which had Pc>200 nm/sec and are at least 90% absorbed. The Pc values of 94-128 nm/sec for Compound (A) suggests that Compound (A) has the potential for good absorption in humans.
The absolute oral bioavailability of various formulations of Compound (A) in adult male beagle dogs (n=4) was evaluated. Compound (A) was given as a 10 min intravenous (IV) infusion (0.5 mg/kg), a buffered oral solution (2 mg/kg), and a buffered oral suspension (1 mg/kg).
5.1 Experimental Design
The experimental design for the study is given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 |
Experimental Design |
Treat- | Dose | No. of | |||
Period | ment | Route | (mg/kg) | Formulation | dogs |
1 | A | IV | 0.5 | Solution in 40 |
4 |
glycol, 5% ethanol, and | |||||
55% phosphate buffer (50 | |||||
mM, pH-7.4) | |||||
2 | B | Oral | 2 | Solution in 58 |
4 |
glycol, 12% ethanol, and | |||||
30% phosphate buffer (1 | |||||
M, pH 8.0) | |||||
3 | C | Oral | 2a | Buffered suspension in 1% | 4 |
Avicel ® RC591 | |||||
containing phosphate | |||||
buffer (2 M, pH | |||||
8.0) and citric acid (85 | |||||
mM). | |||||
4 | D | Oral | 2 | n.a.d | n.a.d |
aDue to toxicity this dose was reduced to 1 mg/kg. | |||||
bTreated 15 min prior to dosing with pentagastrin (6:g/kg; intramuscularly). | |||||
cThis treatment was not administered due to lack of an evaluable formulation. | |||||
dNot Applicable. |
The design was a single-dose, four-treatment, four-period, non-randomized, crossover design. Compound (A) was given to four adult male beagle dogs as a 10 min IV infusion (0.5 mg/kg), a buffered oral solution (2 mg/kg), or a buffered oral suspension (2 mg/kg). For IV administration, Compound (A) was formulated as a solution (about 0.375 mg/mL strength) in 40% propylene glycol, 5% ethanol, and 55% phosphate buffer (50 mM, pH=7.4). The oral solution of Compound (A) (about 1.5 mg/mL strength) was prepared in 58% propylene glycol, 12% ethanol, and 30% phosphate buffer (1 M, pH 8.0) as the vehicle. For the oral suspension, Compound (A) was suspended in 1% Avicel® RCS91 which contained phosphate buffer (2 M) and citric acid (85 mM). Upon reconstitution, the pH of the buffered suspension was about 8.0 and the strength was approximately 0.75 mg/mL. Due to cumulative toxicity the dose for the oral suspension scheduled during the third treatment period was reduced from 2 mg/kg to 1 mg/kg. Furthermore, the fourth treatment was not administered for lack of an evaluable formulation. The wash-out period between treatments was at least 7 days. Serial blood samples were collected over 24 h after dose administration and concentrations of Compound (A) and Compound (B) were determined using a LC/MS/MS assay with a standard curve range of 2-500 ng/mL for both analytes. The LC/MS/MS assay was the same as used in Example 1.
Analytical runs consisted of standard, quality control (QC), and study samples. The plasma volume used for analysis was 0.2 mL and the standard curve range was 2 to 500 ng/mL for both analytes, defining the lower limit of quantitation (LLQ) and upper-limit of quantitation (ULQ), respectively. If the predicted concentration of a study sample was less than that of the lowest standard, the value of the predicted concentration was reported as <LLQ. If the predicted concentration was reported as <LLQ. If the predicted concentration was greater than that of the highest standard, the result of that analysis was reported as >ULQ and an appropriate volume of that sample was diluted with blank plasma and reanalyzed.
5.2 Animal Preparation, Handling, and Dose Administration
Four adult male dogs with venous access for drug administration and blood collection were selected for the study. The dogs were acclimated for at least one week prior to study initiation and were housed in individual steel cages. Animals were identified by a unique number and by a tag attached to the cage. The dogs were offered drinking water ad libitum, and fed once a day with standard canine diet except for an overnight (about 12 h) fast prior to dosing which was continued until 4 h after dosing. Fifteen (15) minutes prior to administration of the buffered oral suspension, the dogs were pretreated with pentagastrin (6 :g/kg; intramuscularly). Pentagastrmn pretreatment was used only for the oral suspension leg. The IV dose was administered as a constant-rate infusion over a period of 10 min using a calibrated infusion pump. The oral solution and suspension doses were administered by gavage and the gavage tubes were rinsed with 20 mL of water.
5.3 Sample Collection and Handling
Serial blood samples (3 mL) were collected at predose, and 10 min (IV only; end-of-infusion), 15 min, 20 min (IV only), 30 min, and 45 min, and 1 h, 1.5 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h, 12 h, and 24 h after dosing. Blood samples were collected into Vacutainer® tubes containing K3-EDTA as the anticoagulant and the contents of each tube were mixed by gently inverting the tube. The blood samples were then placed immediately on chipped ice. Plasma was obtained within 30 min of collection by centrifuging the tubes at approximately 4° C. and 2000×g for 5 min. Plasma samples were stored at or below −20° C. until analyzed for the concentrations Compound (A) and Compound (B).
The following acceptance criteria were applied a priori to each analytical run for the analysis of Compound (A) and Compound (B) in plasma. The predicted concentrations of at least three-fourths of all calibration standards shall be within 15% of their individual nominal concentrations (20% for the LLQ); at least one replicate of the lowest concentration in the standard curve shall be within 20% of their nominal concentration for that level to qualify as the LLQ; and the predicted concentrations of at least three-fourths of all QC samples shall be within 15% of their individual nominal concentrations.
5.4 Pharmacokinetic Analysis
The peak plasma concentration (CMAX) and the time to reach peak concentration (TMAX) were recorded directly from experimental observations. The area under the plasma concentration-time curve from time zero to T (AUC(0−T)), where T is the time of the last measurable plasma concentration, was calculated using the trapezoidal rule (See, M. Gibaldi, et al., Pharmacokinetics, 2nd ed., New York, N.Y., Marcel Decker, p. 445-91982). T-HALF was not determined due to the limited terminal phase sampling used in the study.
The mean plasma concentration-time data of Compound (A) and Compound (B) are presented in Table 2. The corresponding graphical representations for Compound (A) and Compound (B) are depicted in FIGS. 1 and 2 , respectively.
TABLE 2 |
Mean (Standard Deviation (SD)) Plasma Concentrations of |
Compound (A) and Compound (B) in Dogs. |
Mean (SD) Plasma Concentrations (mg/mL)b |
Timea | Compound (A) | Compound (B) |
(h) | IVc | Oral Solutiond | IVc | Oral Solutiond |
Predose | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
0.17 | 1120 | (189) | —e | 0 | —e |
0.25 | 152 | (9.9) | 251 | (150) | 3.8 (0.4) | 4.1 | (3.9) |
0.33 | 73.0 | (4.2) | —e | 2.3 (0.2) | —e |
0.5 | 38.2 | (2.8) | 335 | (73.8) | 1.4 (1.2) | 21.3 | (6.6) |
0.75 | 28.6 | (1.6) | 141 | (75.8) | 0 | 27.2 | (3.6) |
1 | 24.7 | (3.9) | 74.1 | (26.4) | 0 | 23.8 | (1.7) |
1.5 | 20.1 | (2.3) | n.s.f | 0 | n.sf |
2 | 17.4 | (1.8) | 35.5 | (7.9) | 0 | 8.4 | (2.7) |
4 | 14.5 | (1.4) | 21.8 | (6.9) | 0 | 2.4 | (0.3) |
6 | 12.6 | (0.9) | 17.2 | (4.7) | 0 | 0.8 | (1.3) |
8 | 12.6 | (1.7) | 17.6 | (4.4) | 0 | 0 | 0 |
12 | 9.5 | (1.4) | 12.8 | (4.1) | 0 | 0 | 0 |
24 | 5.7 | (1.3) | 7.5 | (1.9) | 0 | 0 | 0 |
aRepresents the nominal collection time. Minor variations from the nominal collection times were considered to have no significant impact on the overall interpretation of the results. | |||||||
bAll concentrations for the buffered oral suspension were < LLQ (2 mg/mL) and are not presented in this table. Values < LLQ were considered to be zero for mean (SD) calculations. If concentrations from all dogs at a given time was < LLQ, the mean is represented as zero. | |||||||
cn = 3. The plasma concentration time-profile for one dog was inconsistent with the 10 min IV infusion dose since the observed TMAX was 1.0 h; this dog was omitted for calculating the mean. | |||||||
dn = 3. One dog vomited shortly after dosing and hence was omitted for calculating the mean. | |||||||
eSamples were not scheduled for collection. | |||||||
fSamples were inadvertently not collected; this deviation is not considered to impact the overall conclusion from the study. |
The mean pharmacokinetic parameters for Compound (A) and Compound (B) are presented in Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
TABLE 3 |
Mean (SD) Pharmacokinetic Parameters of Compound (A) in Dogs. |
Parameter (units) | IVa | Oral Solutionb |
CMAX (ng/mL) | 1120 | (189) | 365 | (40.9) |
TMAX (h)c | 0.17 | (0.17, 0.17) | 0.50 | (0.25, 0.50) |
AUC (0-T) (h.ng/nt)d | 420 | (36.8) | 560 | (159) |
an = 3. The plasma concentration time-profile for one dog was inconsistent with the 10 min IV infusion dose since observed TMAX was 1.0 h; this dog was considered unevaluable for pharmacokinetic analyses. | ||||
bn = 3. One dog vomited shortly after dosing and was considered unevaluable for pharmacokinetic analyses. | ||||
cMedian (minimum, maximum). | ||||
dT = 24 h. |
TABLE 4 |
Mean (SD) Pharmacokinetic Parameters of Compound (B) in Dogs. |
Parameter (units) | IVa | Oral Solutionb |
CMAX (ng/mL) | 3.8 | (0.42) | 27.2 | (3.6) |
TMAX (h)c | 0.17 | (0.17, 0.17) | 0.75 | (0.75, 0.75) |
AUC (0-T) (h.ng/nt)d | 0.69 | (0.15) | 45.2 | (4.7) |
an = 3. The Compound (A) plasma concentration time-profile for one dog was inconsistent with the 10 min IV infusion dose since observed TMAX was 1.0 h; this dog was considered unevaluable for pharmacokinetic analyses of Compound (A) and Compound (B). | ||||
bn = 3. One dog vomited shortly after dosing and was considered unevaluable for pharmacokinetic analyses of Compound (A) and Compound (B). | ||||
cMedian (minimum, maximum). | ||||
dT = 24 h. |
The plasma concentration-time profile for one dog after IV administration was inconsistent with the 10 min infusion dose since the observed TMAX was 1.0 h; this dog was not considered to be evaluable for pharmacokinetics. The mean (SD) [n=3] CMAX and AUC(0−T) values after IV administration of Compound (A) were 1120 (189) ng/mL and 420 (36.8) h.ng/nt, respectively. The AUC value obtained in this study after IV administration is reasonably comparable to the AUC values observed in a preliminary IV pharmacokinetic study (mean (SD); 483 (34) h.ng/mL) following a 0.5 mg/kg dose in dogs.
After administration of an oral buffered solution, one dog vomited shortly after dosing and hence the data from this dog were considered to be unevaluable for pharmacokinetics. The mean (SD) [n=3] CMAX, and AUC(0−T) values after administration of a buffered oral solution of Compound (A) were 365 (40.9) ng/mL and 560 (159) h.ng./mL, respectively. The mean AUC value obtained in this study after an oral solution is approximately 2-fold higher compared to the dose-normalized mean AUC value (257 h.ng/mL) obtained in a single dose oral toxicity study in dogs. Although the oral formulation for both studies was identical, the total volume of the oral solution administered in the current study was about 1.3 mL/kg while that in the toxicology study was 0.4 mL/kg. Thus the milliequivalents of buffer delivered in the current study were about 3-fold higher than those administered in the toxicology study, which may have provided better neutralization of gastric pH in the current study. Compound (A) is an acid labile drug, thus, the higher exposure after oral solution in the current study compared to the toxicology study is likely related to better protection from gastric acid degradation. For the two dogs that had pharmacokinetic parameter data after administration of both the IV and oral solution dose, the absolute oral bioavailability was 48.3% and 30.6%, respectively (means value=39.5%).
CMAX and AUC(0−T) values for Compound (B) indicates that dogs were exposed to Compound (B) after administration of the IV and oral solution dose; animals were not exposed to Compound (B) after dosing with the oral suspension. Systemic exposure to Compound (B) after oral administration was markedly higher than after IV administration.
These results show that for the two dogs that had IV and oral pharmacokinetic parameter data, the absolute oral bioavailability was 48.3% and 30.6%, respectively (mean value=39.5%).
Buffers were formulated having the following composition:
Buffer | | |
Composition # | ||
1 | |
|
Ingredient | Amount (g) | Amount (g) |
Dibasic Sodium Phosphate | 4.258 | 5.688 |
Anhydrous, USP | ||
Sodium Citrate Dihydrate, | 2.941 | 2.942 |
USP | ||
Citric Acid Anhydrous, USP | 0.232 | 0.256 |
Sucrose, NF (optional) | 15.00 | 15.00 |
Cherry Flavor (optional) | 0.075 | 0.075 |
Total | 22.5 | 24.0 |
The buffer is constituted with 140 mL of water to provide 150 mL of a liquid oral dosage form. The liquid oral dosage form has a pH of 7.43±0.07 (6 measurements). The average acid neutralization capacity of 5 liquid oral dosage forms was 49.7 (standard deviation 0.17, relative standard deviation 0.34%).
The stability of compound (A) in 80:20 propylene glycol:ethanol was evaluated by reconstituting 25 mg Compound (A) with 80:20 propylene glycol:ethanol to provide a liquid oral dosage form at concentrations of 2.5 mg/mL to 12.5 mg/mL. The resulting liquid oral dosage form was then stored up to 20 hours at ambient temperature (20° C. to 25° C.) and room light and at refrigerated temperature (2° C. to 8° C.).
No changes from initial were observed in the appearance of the liquid oral dosage form at either storage condition. An increase in total impurities/degradants and a decrease in potency were observed after storage at ambient temperature and room light for 20 hours. A slight increase in total impurities/degradants was observed after 20 hours storage at refrigerated temperature. The change in total impurities was attributed to an increase of an oxazine impurity/degradant whose structure is depicted below:
Samples were analyzed using HPLC with a 75 mm×4.6 mm i.d., 3.5 :m particle sizeWaters Symmetry Shield RP8 column and with UV detection at 240 nm. 10 :L injection volumes were used, the column was maintained at ambient temperature and the flow rate was 1 mL/min. Analysis times were 1 hour and samples were eluted using gradient elution with a mobile phase of water (0.05% acetic acid) (mobil phase A) and a mobile phase of acetonitrile (0.05% acetic acid). The elution profile is described in the table below.
Samples were analyzed using HPLC with a 75 mm×4.6 mm i.d., 3.5 :m particle sizeWaters Symmetry Shield RP8 column and with UV detection at 240 nm. 10 :L injection volumes were used, the column was maintained at ambient temperature and the flow rate was 1 mL/min. Analysis times were 1 hour and samples were eluted using gradient elution with a mobile phase of water (0.05% acetic acid) (mobil phase A) and a mobile phase of acetonitrile (0.05% acetic acid). The elution profile is described in the table below.
Mobil Phase |
Composition |
Time (minutes) | % A | % | Gradient Profile | |
0 | 90 | 10 | Isochratic |
3 | 90 | 10 | Isochratic |
43 | 40 | 60 | Linear |
45 | 40 | 60 | |
50 | 90 | 10 | Linear |
60 | 90 | 10 | Isochratic |
These results demonstrate that the liquid oral dosage form, at concentrations of 2.5 mg/mL to 12.5 mg/mL, can be stored at ambient temperature for up to 6 hours and under refrigerated temperature for up to 20 hours.
[1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7,11-Dihydroxy-8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenylj-4-aza-17-oxabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.[1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7,11-Dihydroxy-8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2 -( 2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-4-aza-17-oxabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.
Compound 1: (3S,6R,7S,8S,12R,13S,15S)-15-Azido-12,13-epoxy-4,4,6,8,12,16-hexamethyl-7-hydroxy-17-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)-5-oxo-16-heptadecenoic acid.
A solution of epothione epothilone B (0.35 g, 0.69 mmol) in degassed THF (4.5 mL) was treated with a catalytic amount (80 mg, 69 mmol) of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) and the suspension was stirred at 25° C., under Ar for 30 min. The resulting bright yellow, homogeneous solution was treated all at once with a solution of sodium azide (54 mg, 0.83 mmol) in degassed H2O (2.2 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to 45° C. for 1 h, diluted with H2O (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4×7 mL). The organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (15 mL), dried (Na2SO4) Na2 SO 4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2 SiO 2, 3.0×15 cm, 95:5.0:0.5 CHCl3-MeOH-AcOH) to afford Compound 1 (0.23 g, 61%) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI+): 551 (M+H)+; MS(ESI−): 549 (M−H)−.
Compound 2: (3S,6R,7S,8S,12R,13S,15S)-15-Azido-12,13-epoxy-4,4,6,8,12,16-hexamethyl-7-hydroxy-17-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)-5-oxo-16-heptadecenoic acid.
A solution of Compound 1 (0.23 g, 0.42 mmol) in THF (4.0 mL) was treated with H2O (23 mL, 1.25 mmol) and polymer supported triphenylphosphine (Aldrich, polystyrene cross-linked with 2% DVB, 0.28 g, 0.84 mmol) at 25° C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 25° C. under Ar (32 h), filtered through a Celite pad and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, 1.5×10 cm, 95:5.0:0.5 to 90:10:1.0 CHCl3-MeOH-AcOH gradient elution) to afford Compound 2 (96 mg, 44%) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI+): 525.2 (M+H)+; MS(ESI−): 523.4 (M−H)−.
Alternatively, to a 25 mL round-bottom flask charged with Compound 1 (0.26 g, 0.47 mmol) and PtO2 (0.13 g, 50 wt %) was added absolute EtOH under Ar. The resulting black mixture was stirred under one atmosphere of H2O for 10 h, after which time the system was purged with N2 and an additional portion of PtO2 (65 mg, 25 wt %) was added. Once again the reaction mixture was stirred under a blanket of H2O for 10 h. The system was then purged with N2, and the reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite pad eluting with CH2Cl2 (3×25 mL). The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified as described above to afford Compound 2 (0.19 g, 75%).
Alternatively, a solution of Compound 1 (20 mg, 36 mmol) in THF (0.4 mL) was treated with triphenylphosphine (19 mg, 73 mmol) under Ar. The reaction mixture was warmed to 45° C., stirred for 14 h and cooled to 25° C. The resulting iminophosphorane was treated with ammonium hydroxide (28%, 0.1 mL) and once again the reaction mixture was warmed to 45° C. After 4 h, the volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified as described above to afford Compound 2 (13 mg, 70%).
Compound A: [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7,11-Dihydroxy-8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenylJ-4-aza-17-oxabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione.
A solution of Compound 2 (0.33 g, 0.63 mmol) in degassed DMF (250 mL) was treated with solid NaHCO3 (0.42 g, 5.0 mmol) and diphenylposphoryl diphenylphosphoryl azide (0.54 mL, 2.5 mmol) at 0° C. under Ar. The resulting suspension was stirred at 4° C. for 24 h, diluted with phosphate buffer (250 mL, pH=7) at 0° C. and extracted with EtOAc (5×100 mL). The organic extracts were washed with 10% aqueous LiCl (2×125 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was first purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, 2.0×10 cm, 2-5% MeOH-CHCl3 gradient elution) and then repurified using a Chromatotron (2 mm SiO2, GF rotor, 2-5% MeOH-CHCls MeOH—CHCl3 gradient elution) to afford the title compound (0.13 g, 40%) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) * 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H, NH, J=8.1 Hz), 6.56 (s, 1 H), 4.69-4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.18-4.12 (m, 1 H), 4.01-3.96 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 1 H), 338-3.34 (m, 1 H), 2.82 (dd, 1 H, J5.6, 6.0 Hz), 2.71 (s, 3 H), 2.58 (s, 1 H), 2.43 (dd, 1 H, J=9.0, 14.5 Hz), 3.34 (dd, 1 H, J=3.0, 14.5 Hz), 2.14 (s, 3 H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 2 H), 1.82-1.41 (a series of multiplets, 7 H), 1.35 (s, 3 H), 1.28 (s, 3 H), 1.18 (d, 3 H, J=6.8 Hz), 1.14 (s, 3 H), 1.00 (d, 3 H, J=6.8 Hz); MS (ESI+): 507.2 (M+H)+; MS(ESI−): 505.4 (M−H)−.
Patients with advanced malignancies were administered Compound A weekly as a 30-minute infusion (a course=3 intravenous weekly administrations). Patients received doses of 1, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 25, or 30 mg/m2. Starting at the 20 mg/m2 dose level, a single oral dose of Compound A was given on day 6 in a vehicle of 80% propylene glycol and 20% ethanol (v/v) followed by administration of a citrate/phosphate buffer (22.5 gm) before course 1 to assess the absolute bioavailability of Compound A. The dose of oral Compound A administered on Day 6 matched the dose of IV Compound A administered on day 1. Serial plasma sampling was obtained on day 6 and day 1 of course 1 to assess pharmacokinetics by an LC/MS/MS. The LC/MS/MS assay was the same as used in Example 1.
Compound A for oral administration, 25 mg/vial, was supplied as “drug in bottle.” The vehicle (buffer) for constitution of Compound A, 25 mg/vial, was a mixture of 80% propylene glycol and 20% ethanol (v/v). The propylene glycol/ethylene mixture was prepared by mixing 80 parts by volume of propylene glycol and 20 parts by volume of ethanol in a suitable container and gently swirling the container until the solution was completely mixed.
The citrate/phosphate buffer for oral administration after compound A was supplied in a separate bottle. Buffer for use with Compound A was constituted with water for injection (WFI):
Compound A was prepared for administration to patients by using a suitable syringe to slowly inject 2.5, 5, or 10 mL of the propylene glycol/ethanol mixture into the 20 cc vial containing 25 mg/vial of Compound A, to give concentrations of 10, 5, or 2.5 mg/mL, respectively, depending on the dose to be administered to the patient The syringe was removed and the vial shaken vigorously for 10 seconds. The vial was placed in a sonication bath and sonicated until the solution became clear. Vials were pooled depending on the dose.
The buffer for administration with Compound A was supplied in an 8 oz. clear glass bottle and was constituted with water for injection (WFI). The child resistant cap was removed from the bottle of buffer and about 140 mL of water for injection (WFI) were added. The bottle was shaken vigorously or sonicated with intermittent shaking until a clear solution was obtained.
Following oral administration on day 6, 7 mL blood samples was collected into Becton Dickinson Vacutainer tubes with K3EDTA as anticoagulent (lavender-colored top) according to the following schedule (expressed as hours:minutes from the start of the oral administration): predose, 00:15, 00:30, 00:45, 01:00, 01:30, 02:00, 03:00, 04:00, 06:00, 08:00, 24:00, 48:00, and 72:00. Following IV administration on day 1, 7 mL blood samples were collected into Becton Dickinson Vacutainer tubes with K3EDTA as anticoagulent (lavender-colored top) according to the following schedule (expressed as hours:minutes from the start of the IV infusion): predose, 00:15, 00:30 (end-of infusion), 00:45, 01:00, 01:30, 02:00, 03:00, 04:00, 06:00, 08:00, 24:00, 48:00, and 72:00.
Immediately after blood collection, the Vacutainer tubes were inverted several times to ensure mixing with the anticoagulant and then immediately placed on crushed ice. Within 30 minutes of collection, samples were centrifuged for 5 minutes at approximately 2000×g and 0 to 5 EC 5° C. The plasma was then transferred to separate pre-labeled screw-capped polypropylene tubes and stored at −70 EC −70° C. until bioanalysis. Plasma concentrations of Compound A were analyzed using the LC/MS/MS assay described in Example 1.
The plasma concentration versus time data were analyzed using non-compartmental methods. The pharmacokinetic parameters determined for Compound A included the maximum observed plasma concentration (Cmax), time to reach Cmax (Tmax), area under the plasma concentration time curve from time zero to the time of last sampling time T(AUC (0−T)).
A total of 18 patients have received oral Compound A as a solution on day 6 and by IV on day 1. The summary of the pharmacokinetic results from these patients is presented in Table 5.
TABLE 5 |
Summary of Pharmacokinetics of Patients Administered |
Compound (A) Orally and Intravenously |
Dose | 20 | 25 | 305 |
(mg/m2) | 3 | 11 | 4 |
N | Oral | Oral | Oral | |||
Route | IV | Solution for | IV | Solution for | IV | Solution for |
Formulation | IV | Oral Admin. | IV | Oral Admin. | IV | Oral Admin. |
CMAXa | 251 | 142 | 447 | 180 | 711 | 274 |
(ng/mL) | (108) | (1068) | (189) | (110) | (530) | (104) |
TMAXb | 0.25 | 1.0 | 0.50 | 0.50 | 0.50 | 0.50 |
(h) | (0.25, 0.25) | (0.25, 1.50) | (0.25, 0.50) | (0.25, 3.00) | (0.25, 0.50) | (0.25, 0.75) |
AUC(0-T)a,c | 796 | 404 | 848 | 533 | 1155 | 708 |
(589) | (381) | (284) | (284) | (292) | (291) | |
(h. ng/mL) | ||||||
% Fa | NA | 43.5 | NA | 55.6 | NA | 62.2 |
(16.1) | (18.4) | (25.1) | ||||
aMean (SD) | ||||||
bMedian (min, max) | ||||||
cRepresents AUC(0-T) |
The embodiments of the invention described above are intended to be merely exemplary, and those skilled in the art will recognize, or will be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents of specific compounds, materials, and procedures. All such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of the invention and are encompassed by the appended claims.
Claims (54)
1. A method of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones comprising orally administering to a human one or more epothilones compounds of Formula:
wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
W is O or NR16;
X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18;
Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25 NHOR25; H, HNR26R27 NR26 R 27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41;
D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from independently H, or lower alkyl;
R8, R9, R10 and R11 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, and or substituted alkyl;
R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are selected from the group of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
R12, R16, R27, R29, R31, R38, and R43, are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, R51C═O, R52OC═O, R53SO2, hydroxy, and O-alkyl or O-substituted alkyl, ;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate or prodrug thereof, and orally administering one or more pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffers, wherein the bioavailability of the compound is increased with the acid neutralizing buffer compared to that without the acid neutralizing buffer.
2. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered concurrently with the epothilone compound.
3. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered before the epothilone compound.
4. The method of claim 3 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered not more than about 1 hour before the epothilone compound.
5. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered after the epothilone compound.
6. The method of claim 5 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered not more than about 1 hour after the epothilone compound.
7. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered before and after the epothilone compound.
8. The method of claim 7 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered not more than about 1 hour before and not more than about 1 hour after the epothilone compound is administered.
9. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered in an amount sufficient to deliver at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
10. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered as an aqueous solution having a pH of between about 5 to 9.
11. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is administered as an aqueous solution comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate dihydrate, and anhydrous citric acid.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein the pH of the aqueous solution is about 7.
13. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the bioavailability of the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is at least about 20 percent.
14. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is orally administered as a solution in propylene glycol and ethanol, wherein the in ratio of propylene glycol:ethanol is about 80:20.
15. The method of claim 1 17, wherein the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is administered in a total amount of about 0.05 to about 200 mg/kg/day.
16. The method of claim 15 , wherein the one or more epothilones of compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is administered in about 2 to 4 divided doses.
17. The method of claim 1 , wherein the epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound is
or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
18. The method of claim 1 comprising:
(a) orally administering an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate dihydrate, and anhydrous citric acid;
(b) orally administering the one or more epothilones compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof as a solution of propylene glycol; and
(c) orally administering an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer comprising anhydrous dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate dihydrate, and anhydrous citric acid.
19. The method of claim 18 , wherein the epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione. The method of claim 18 , wherein the compound is
or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
20. A kit for use in a method of increasing the bioavailability of orally administered epothilones which comprises comprising:
(i) a first component comprising one or more epothilones of Formula:
G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
W is O or NR16;
X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18
Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25; H, HNR26R27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41
D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from H, lower alkyl;
R8, R9, R10 and R11 are selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, R53, and R61 are selected from the group of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and
(ii) a second component comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer,
wherein the first component and the second component are provided as an oral dosage form or as a pharmaceutical composition that can be reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage.
21. The kit of claim 20 , wherein at least one of the first component or the second component is provided as a solid oral dosage form.
22. The kit of claim 21 , wherein at least one of the first component or the second component is anhydrous.
23. The kit of claim 20 , wherein at least one of the first component or the second component is provided as a pharmaceutical composition that can be reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
24. The kit of claim 23 , wherein at least one of the first component or the second component is provided as a tablet.
25. The kit of claim 23 , wherein at least one of the first component or the second component is anhydrous.
26. The kit of claim 23 , further comprising solvents for reconstituting the first or second components.
27. The kit of claim 26 , wherein the solvent for reconstituting the first component is a mixture of propylene glycol and ethanol.
28. A pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral administration to a mammal comprising:
(i) one or more epothilones compounds of Formula:
wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
W is O or NR16 NR16;
X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18;
Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25 NHOR25; H, HNR26R27 NR26 R 27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41
D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from independently H, or lower alkyl;
R8, R9, R10 and R11 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, and or substituted alkyl;
R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are selected from the group of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
R12, R16, R27, R29, R31, R38, and R43, are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, R51C═O, R52OC═O, R53SO2, hydroxy, and O-alkyl or O-substituted alkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in solid form; and
(ii) a solid pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof when the pharmaceutical composition is reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form.
29. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 33, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer provides a liquid oral dosage form having a pH between about 5 to 9.
30. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 33, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is present in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
31. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 33, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is a dibasic phosphate-citric acid-citrate buffer.
32. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 33, wherein the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is present in an amount of between about 0.05 and 200 mg.
33. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 , wherein the epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 , wherein the compound is
or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
34. A kit comprising the pharmaceutical composition of claim 28 33 and a solvent for reconstituting the pharmaceutical composition to provide an oral dosage form.
35. The kit of claim 34 , wherein the solvent comprises propylene glycol, ethanol, and phosphate buffer (1M, pH 8).
36. The kit of claim 35 , wherein the ratio of propylene glycol:ethanol:phosphate buffer is about 58:12:30.
37. A liquid oral dosage form suitable for oral administration to a mammal comprising:
(i) one or more epothilones compounds of Formula:
wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
W is O or NR16;
X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18;
Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23 OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25 NHOR25; H, HNR26R27 NR26 R 27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41
D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from independently H, or lower alkyl;
R8, R9, R10 and R11 R 8 , R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are selected from the group consisting ofindependently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, and or substituted alkyl;
R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are selected from the group of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
R12, R16, R27, R29, R31, R38, and R43, are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, R51C═O, R52OC═O, R53SO2, hydroxy, and O-alkyl or O-substituted alkyl, ;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and
(ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier.
38. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 37 , wherein the epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 37 , wherein the compound is
or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
39. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 37 38, further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer in an amount sufficient to reduce decomposition of the one or more epothilones compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof compared to a pharmaceutical composition without the buffer.
40. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 39 , wherein the pH of the liquid oral dosage form is between about 5 to 9.
41. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 39 , wherein the buffer is present in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
42. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 37 38, wherein the solvent is propylene glycol, ethanol, and water buffered with a phosphate buffer at pH about 8.
43. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 42 , wherein the propylene glycol, ethanol, and water buffered with a phosphate buffer are present in a ratio of about 58:12:30.
44. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 42 , wherein the epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione. The dispersible buffered tablet of claim 48 wherein the compound is
or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
45. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 37 38, wherein the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is present in an amount of between about 0.05 and 200 mg.
46. The liquid oral dosage form of claim 39 , wherein the buffer is dibasic phosphate-citric acid-citrate buffer.
47. An article of manufacture which comprises:
(a) a sealable container suitable to carry a liquid or solid pharmaceutical;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate or prodrug thereof; and
(c) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier suitable to deliver the epothilone compound orally.
48. A dispersible buffered tablet which comprises:
(i) one or more epothilones compounds of Formula:
wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclo,
W is O or NR16;
X is O; S; CHR17; or H, R18;
Y is selected from the group consisting of O; H, H; H, OR22; OR23, OR23 OR23; NOR24; H, NOR25 NHOR25; H, HNR26R27 NR26 R 27; NHNR28R29; H, NHNR30R31 or CHR32, where OR23, OR23 can be a cyclic ketal;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, OR33, OCOR34, OCONR35R36, NR37R38, or NR39CONR40R41
D is selected from the group consisting of NR42R43 or heterocyclo;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from independently H, or lower alkyl;
R8, R9, R10 and R11 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo or substituted heterocyclo;
R17, R18, R22, and R23 are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, and or substituted alkyl;
R24, R25, R26, R28, R30, R32, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R39, R40, R41, R42, R51, R52, and R53, and R61 are selected from the group of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
R12, R16, R27, R29, R31, R38, and R43, are selected from the group consisting of independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, R51C═O R51 C═O, R52OC═O, R53SO2 R 53 SO 2, hydroxy, and O-alkyl or O-substituted alkyl, ;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and
(ii) buffer components which are suitable to neutralize gastric fluids for a time sufficient to allow said epothilone compound to be absorbed.
49. The kit of claim 20 , wherein the first and second component is provided as a liquid oral dosage form.
50. The kit of claim 49 , wherein the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is present in an amount of between about 0.05 and 200 mg and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer is present in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
51. The kit of claim 20 , wherein the first component and the second component is provided as a pharmaceutical composition that can be reconstituted with a solvent to provide a liquid oral dosage form; the one or more epothilones compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof is present as a in an amount of between about 0.05 and 200 mg; and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralization buffer is present in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 20 milliequivalents of acid neutralization capacity.
52. The kit of claim 20 , wherein the epothilone is [1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,16S*]]-7,11-dihydroxy 8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl-17-oxa-4-azabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer comprises dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate, and anhydrous citric acid. The kit of claim 20 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable acid neutralizing buffer comprises dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium citrate, and anhydrous citric acid.
54. A method of treating any one of breast cancer, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer and/or prostate cancer in a human comprising administering to the human a therapeutically-effective combination of (1) an amount of ketoconazole and (2) an amount of a Compound (1) of formula
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable solvate, clathrate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, wherein the administration will provide an anticancer effect for a greater period of time than the effect obtainable with the amount of the Compound (1) alone.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/149,501 USRE40387E1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2005-06-09 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US26422801P | 2001-01-25 | 2001-01-25 | |
US29001901P | 2001-05-11 | 2001-05-11 | |
US10/057,390 US6576651B2 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-01-25 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
US11/149,501 USRE40387E1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2005-06-09 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/057,390 Reissue US6576651B2 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-01-25 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
USRE40387E1 true USRE40387E1 (en) | 2008-06-17 |
Family
ID=26950349
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/057,390 Ceased US6576651B2 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-01-25 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
US11/149,501 Expired - Lifetime USRE40387E1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2005-06-09 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/057,390 Ceased US6576651B2 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-01-25 | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
Country Status (26)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6576651B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1361877A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004528287A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20040025888A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1268336C (en) |
AR (1) | AR035078A1 (en) |
BG (1) | BG108027A (en) |
BR (1) | BR0206695A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2434584A1 (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ20032023A3 (en) |
EE (1) | EE200300329A (en) |
HR (1) | HRP20030674A2 (en) |
HU (1) | HUP0303800A3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL156759A0 (en) |
IS (1) | IS6892A (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA03006476A (en) |
NO (1) | NO20033343L (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ526871A (en) |
PE (1) | PE20020853A1 (en) |
PL (1) | PL368636A1 (en) |
RU (1) | RU2291695C2 (en) |
SK (1) | SK9212003A3 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI250017B (en) |
UY (1) | UY27138A1 (en) |
WO (2) | WO2002058699A1 (en) |
YU (1) | YU58103A (en) |
Families Citing this family (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050043376A1 (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 2005-02-24 | Danishefsky Samuel J. | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof |
US6867305B2 (en) | 1996-12-03 | 2005-03-15 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof |
CA2273083C (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 2012-09-18 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof |
US6204388B1 (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 2001-03-20 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof |
US6605599B1 (en) | 1997-07-08 | 2003-08-12 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Epothilone derivatives |
US6780620B1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2004-08-24 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Microbial transformation method for the preparation of an epothilone |
JP2003502449A (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2003-01-21 | ハネウエル・インターナシヨナル・インコーポレーテツド | Spin-on glass anti-reflective coating for photolithography |
US6824879B2 (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2004-11-30 | Honeywell International Inc. | Spin-on-glass anti-reflective coatings for photolithography |
US8618085B2 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2013-12-31 | Koasn Biosciences Incorporated | Therapeutic formulations of desoxyepothilones |
BR0206511A (en) * | 2001-01-25 | 2003-10-21 | Bristol Myeres Squibb Company | Parenteral formulation for epothilone analogs |
NZ526871A (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2006-01-27 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Pharmaceutical dosage forms of epothilones for oral administration |
WO2002066038A1 (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2002-08-29 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Treatment of refractory tumors using epothilone derivatives |
CN1496256A (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2004-05-12 | ����˹�ж�-����˹˹������˾ | Combination of EPOTHILONE analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for treatment of proliferative diseases |
KR20040066124A (en) | 2001-11-15 | 2004-07-23 | 허니웰 인터내셔널 인코포레이티드 | Spin-On Anti-Reflective Coatings For Photolithography |
US7211593B2 (en) * | 2002-03-12 | 2007-05-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | C12-cyano epothilone derivatives |
TW200403994A (en) * | 2002-04-04 | 2004-03-16 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Oral administration of EPOTHILONES |
TW200400191A (en) * | 2002-05-15 | 2004-01-01 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using C-21 modified epothilone derivatives |
PT1506203E (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2007-04-30 | Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof |
US6921769B2 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2005-07-26 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof |
US7649006B2 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2010-01-19 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof |
JP2006504743A (en) * | 2002-10-09 | 2006-02-09 | コーザン バイオサイエンシス インコーポレイテッド | Therapeutic preparation |
US7390503B1 (en) | 2003-08-22 | 2008-06-24 | Barr Laboratories, Inc. | Ondansetron orally disintegrating tablets |
DE202004021169U1 (en) * | 2003-08-26 | 2007-03-01 | Shire Holdings Ag | Pharmaceutical formulation containing lanthanum compounds |
US20050171167A1 (en) * | 2003-11-04 | 2005-08-04 | Haby Thomas A. | Process and formulation containing epothilones and analogs thereof |
WO2005048935A2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2005-06-02 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Methods of modulating immunity |
US8053159B2 (en) | 2003-11-18 | 2011-11-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | Antireflective coatings for via fill and photolithography applications and methods of preparation thereof |
US20090004277A1 (en) * | 2004-05-18 | 2009-01-01 | Franchini Miriam K | Nanoparticle dispersion containing lactam compound |
US7244765B2 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2007-07-17 | Cytokine Pharmasciences, Inc | Guanylhydrazone salts, compositions, processes of making and methods of using |
US20060069136A1 (en) * | 2004-09-24 | 2006-03-30 | Ulrich Klar | Use of Epothilones in the treatment of bone metastasis |
EP1817013B1 (en) * | 2004-11-18 | 2008-06-04 | Brystol-Myers Squibb Company | Enteric coated bead comprising ixabepilone |
EP1824458A1 (en) * | 2004-11-18 | 2007-08-29 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Enteric coated bead comprising epothilone or an epothilone analog, and preparation and administration thereof |
AR057325A1 (en) * | 2005-05-25 | 2007-11-28 | Progenics Pharm Inc | SYNTHESIS OF (S) -N-METHYLNTREXONE, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND USES |
US8158152B2 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2012-04-17 | Scidose Llc | Lyophilization process and products obtained thereby |
US8642246B2 (en) | 2007-02-26 | 2014-02-04 | Honeywell International Inc. | Compositions, coatings and films for tri-layer patterning applications and methods of preparation thereof |
DK2276485T3 (en) | 2008-04-24 | 2014-10-13 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | USE OF EPOTHILON D IN TREATMENT OF TAU-ASSOCIATED DISEASES, INCLUDING ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE |
US8557877B2 (en) | 2009-06-10 | 2013-10-15 | Honeywell International Inc. | Anti-reflective coatings for optically transparent substrates |
DE102010021637A1 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2011-12-01 | Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted 5-fluoro-1H-pyrazolopyridines and their use |
US8864898B2 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2014-10-21 | Honeywell International Inc. | Coating formulations for optical elements |
CN102276433B (en) * | 2011-06-30 | 2016-04-20 | 南昌大学 | Longistylin C and derivative thereof and preparing the application in cancer therapy drug |
JP6803842B2 (en) | 2015-04-13 | 2020-12-23 | ハネウェル・インターナショナル・インコーポレーテッドHoneywell International Inc. | Polysiloxane formulations and coatings for optoelectronic applications |
Citations (41)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1993010121A1 (en) * | 1991-11-19 | 1993-05-27 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilones, process for preparing the same and their use as medicaments and as plant protecting agents |
DE19542986A1 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 1997-05-22 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | New epothilone derivatives useful as cytostatics |
WO1997019086A1 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 1997-05-29 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilone derivatives, preparation and use |
DE19636343C1 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1997-10-23 | Schering Ag | New (di:methyl)-dioxanyl-methyl-pentanone and related compounds |
WO1998008849A1 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1998-03-05 | Novartis Aktiengesellschaft | Method for producing epothilones, and intermediate products obtained during the production process |
DE19639456A1 (en) * | 1996-09-25 | 1998-03-26 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | New epothilone derivatives |
DE19645361A1 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1998-04-30 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity |
DE19645362A1 (en) * | 1996-10-28 | 1998-04-30 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity |
WO1998022461A1 (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 1998-05-28 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilone c, d, e and f, production process, and their use as cytostatic as well as phytosanitary agents |
WO1998024427A2 (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 1998-06-11 | Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing inflammatory diseases |
WO1998025929A1 (en) * | 1996-12-13 | 1998-06-18 | Novartis Ag | Epothilone analogs |
DE19701758A1 (en) * | 1997-01-20 | 1998-07-23 | Wessjohann Ludgar A Dr | New beta-keto-alcohol derivatives |
WO1998038192A1 (en) * | 1997-02-25 | 1998-09-03 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilones with a modified side chain |
DE19713970A1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 1998-10-08 | Ludger A Dr Wessjohann | New structural elements which include prenyl derivatives |
WO1998047891A1 (en) * | 1997-04-18 | 1998-10-29 | Studiengesellschaft Kohle Mbh | Selective olefin metathesis of bifunctional or polyfunctional substrates in compressed carbon dioxide as reaction medium |
DE19720312A1 (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 1998-11-19 | Hoechst Ag | Preparation with increased in vivo tolerance |
DE19821954A1 (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 1998-11-19 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | Preparation of epothilone derivatives |
DE19726627A1 (en) * | 1997-06-17 | 1998-12-24 | Schering Ag | New intermediates for epothilone |
WO1999001124A1 (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 1999-01-14 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof |
WO1999002514A2 (en) * | 1997-07-08 | 1999-01-21 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Epothilone derivatives |
WO1999003848A1 (en) * | 1997-07-16 | 1999-01-28 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Thiazole derivatives, method for their production and use |
WO1999007692A2 (en) * | 1997-08-09 | 1999-02-18 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | New epothilone derivatives, method for producing same and their pharmaceutical use |
WO1999027890A2 (en) * | 1997-12-04 | 1999-06-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | A process for the preparation of ring-opened epothilone intermediates which are useful for the preparation of epothilone analogs |
WO1999039694A2 (en) * | 1998-02-05 | 1999-08-12 | Novartis Ag | Compositions containing organic compounds |
WO1999042602A2 (en) * | 1998-02-19 | 1999-08-26 | Novartis Ag | Fermentative preparation process for cytostatics and crystal forms thereof |
WO1999043653A1 (en) * | 1998-02-25 | 1999-09-02 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues therof |
WO1999043320A1 (en) * | 1998-02-25 | 1999-09-02 | Novartis Ag | Use of epothilones for the treatment of cancer |
WO1999054319A1 (en) * | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 12,13-modified epothilone derivatives |
US5977163A (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 1999-11-02 | Pg-Txl Company, L. P. | Water soluble paclitaxel prodrugs |
WO1999067252A2 (en) * | 1998-06-22 | 1999-12-29 | Novartis Ag | Epothilone derivatives and their synthesis and use |
WO2000000485A1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2000-01-06 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Epothilon derivatives, their preparation process, intermediate products and their pharmaceutical use |
WO2000031247A2 (en) * | 1998-11-20 | 2000-06-02 | Kosan Biosciences, Inc. | Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilone and epothilone derivatives |
WO2000037473A1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2000-06-29 | Novartis Ag | Epothilone derivatives and their use as antitumor agents |
WO2000049021A2 (en) * | 1999-02-18 | 2000-08-24 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | 16-halogen-epothilone derivatives, method for producing them and their pharmaceutical use |
WO2000066589A1 (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2000-11-09 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | 6-alkenyl-, 6-alkinyl- and 6-epoxy-epothilone derivatives, process for their production, and their use in pharmaceutical preparations |
US6204388B1 (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 2001-03-20 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof |
US6211412B1 (en) * | 1999-03-29 | 2001-04-03 | The University Of Kansas | Synthesis of epothilones |
WO2002058699A1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-08-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Pharmaceutical forms of epothilones for oral administration |
WO2002058700A1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-08-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer |
US6441025B2 (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 2002-08-27 | Pg-Txl Company, L.P. | Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives |
WO2002072085A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2002-09-19 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases |
-
2002
- 2002-01-22 NZ NZ526871A patent/NZ526871A/en unknown
- 2002-01-22 WO PCT/US2002/001693 patent/WO2002058699A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 PL PL02368636A patent/PL368636A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 HU HU0303800A patent/HUP0303800A3/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 CA CA002434584A patent/CA2434584A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-01-25 JP JP2002559035A patent/JP2004528287A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-01-25 PE PE2002000061A patent/PE20020853A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 CN CNB028069927A patent/CN1268336C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-01-25 KR KR10-2003-7009781A patent/KR20040025888A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 IL IL15675902A patent/IL156759A0/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 MX MXPA03006476A patent/MXPA03006476A/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 UY UY27138A patent/UY27138A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 SK SK921-2003A patent/SK9212003A3/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 AR ARP020100288A patent/AR035078A1/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 EP EP02723073A patent/EP1361877A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-01-25 BR BR0206695-5A patent/BR0206695A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 TW TW091101287A patent/TWI250017B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 WO PCT/US2002/002518 patent/WO2002058701A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 RU RU2003126174/15A patent/RU2291695C2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 YU YU58103A patent/YU58103A/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 US US10/057,390 patent/US6576651B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2002-01-25 CZ CZ20032023A patent/CZ20032023A3/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 EE EEP200300329A patent/EE200300329A/en unknown
-
2003
- 2003-07-24 IS IS6892A patent/IS6892A/en unknown
- 2003-07-24 NO NO20033343A patent/NO20033343L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-07-24 BG BG108027A patent/BG108027A/en unknown
- 2003-08-25 HR HR20030674A patent/HRP20030674A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2005
- 2005-06-09 US US11/149,501 patent/USRE40387E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Patent Citations (46)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE4138042A1 (en) * | 1991-11-19 | 1993-05-27 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | EPOTHILONES, THEIR PRODUCTION PROCESS AND MEANS CONTAINING THEM |
WO1993010121A1 (en) * | 1991-11-19 | 1993-05-27 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilones, process for preparing the same and their use as medicaments and as plant protecting agents |
DE19542986A1 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 1997-05-22 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | New epothilone derivatives useful as cytostatics |
WO1997019086A1 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 1997-05-29 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilone derivatives, preparation and use |
US5977163A (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 1999-11-02 | Pg-Txl Company, L. P. | Water soluble paclitaxel prodrugs |
US6441025B2 (en) * | 1996-03-12 | 2002-08-27 | Pg-Txl Company, L.P. | Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives |
DE19636343C1 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1997-10-23 | Schering Ag | New (di:methyl)-dioxanyl-methyl-pentanone and related compounds |
DE19645361A1 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1998-04-30 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity |
WO1998008849A1 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1998-03-05 | Novartis Aktiengesellschaft | Method for producing epothilones, and intermediate products obtained during the production process |
DE19639456A1 (en) * | 1996-09-25 | 1998-03-26 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | New epothilone derivatives |
DE19645362A1 (en) * | 1996-10-28 | 1998-04-30 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity |
WO1998022461A1 (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 1998-05-28 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilone c, d, e and f, production process, and their use as cytostatic as well as phytosanitary agents |
WO1998024427A2 (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 1998-06-11 | Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing inflammatory diseases |
US6204388B1 (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 2001-03-20 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof |
WO1999001124A1 (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 1999-01-14 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof |
WO1998025929A1 (en) * | 1996-12-13 | 1998-06-18 | Novartis Ag | Epothilone analogs |
DE19701758A1 (en) * | 1997-01-20 | 1998-07-23 | Wessjohann Ludgar A Dr | New beta-keto-alcohol derivatives |
WO1998038192A1 (en) * | 1997-02-25 | 1998-09-03 | GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) | Epothilones with a modified side chain |
DE19713970A1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 1998-10-08 | Ludger A Dr Wessjohann | New structural elements which include prenyl derivatives |
WO1998047891A1 (en) * | 1997-04-18 | 1998-10-29 | Studiengesellschaft Kohle Mbh | Selective olefin metathesis of bifunctional or polyfunctional substrates in compressed carbon dioxide as reaction medium |
DE19821954A1 (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 1998-11-19 | Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh | Preparation of epothilone derivatives |
EP0879605A2 (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 1998-11-25 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Glycosyl prodrug conjugate with enhanced tolerance |
DE19720312A1 (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 1998-11-19 | Hoechst Ag | Preparation with increased in vivo tolerance |
DE19726627A1 (en) * | 1997-06-17 | 1998-12-24 | Schering Ag | New intermediates for epothilone |
WO1999002514A2 (en) * | 1997-07-08 | 1999-01-21 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Epothilone derivatives |
US6605599B1 (en) * | 1997-07-08 | 2003-08-12 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Epothilone derivatives |
WO1999003848A1 (en) * | 1997-07-16 | 1999-01-28 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Thiazole derivatives, method for their production and use |
WO1999007692A2 (en) * | 1997-08-09 | 1999-02-18 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | New epothilone derivatives, method for producing same and their pharmaceutical use |
WO1999027890A2 (en) * | 1997-12-04 | 1999-06-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | A process for the preparation of ring-opened epothilone intermediates which are useful for the preparation of epothilone analogs |
WO1999039694A2 (en) * | 1998-02-05 | 1999-08-12 | Novartis Ag | Compositions containing organic compounds |
WO1999042602A2 (en) * | 1998-02-19 | 1999-08-26 | Novartis Ag | Fermentative preparation process for cytostatics and crystal forms thereof |
US6194181B1 (en) * | 1998-02-19 | 2001-02-27 | Novartis Ag | Fermentative preparation process for and crystal forms of cytostatics |
WO1999043653A1 (en) * | 1998-02-25 | 1999-09-02 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues therof |
WO1999043320A1 (en) * | 1998-02-25 | 1999-09-02 | Novartis Ag | Use of epothilones for the treatment of cancer |
US6380395B1 (en) * | 1998-04-21 | 2002-04-30 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 12, 13-cyclopropane epothilone derivatives |
WO1999054319A1 (en) * | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 12,13-modified epothilone derivatives |
WO1999067252A2 (en) * | 1998-06-22 | 1999-12-29 | Novartis Ag | Epothilone derivatives and their synthesis and use |
WO2000000485A1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2000-01-06 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Epothilon derivatives, their preparation process, intermediate products and their pharmaceutical use |
WO2000031247A2 (en) * | 1998-11-20 | 2000-06-02 | Kosan Biosciences, Inc. | Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilone and epothilone derivatives |
WO2000037473A1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2000-06-29 | Novartis Ag | Epothilone derivatives and their use as antitumor agents |
WO2000049021A2 (en) * | 1999-02-18 | 2000-08-24 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | 16-halogen-epothilone derivatives, method for producing them and their pharmaceutical use |
US6211412B1 (en) * | 1999-03-29 | 2001-04-03 | The University Of Kansas | Synthesis of epothilones |
WO2000066589A1 (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2000-11-09 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | 6-alkenyl-, 6-alkinyl- and 6-epoxy-epothilone derivatives, process for their production, and their use in pharmaceutical preparations |
WO2002058699A1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-08-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Pharmaceutical forms of epothilones for oral administration |
WO2002058700A1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-08-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer |
WO2002072085A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2002-09-19 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases |
Non-Patent Citations (67)
Title |
---|
Altmann, K.H., et al., "Epothilones and Related Structures-A New Class of Microtubule Inhibitors With Patent In Vivo Antitumor Activity," Biochim. Biophys Acta, 1470 (2000). * |
Balog, A., et al., "Total Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone A", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.,vol. 35, No. 23/24, 2801-2803 (1996). * |
Bertinato, P., et al., "Studies Toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Stereocontrolled Assembly of the Acyl Region and Models for Macrocyclization", J. Org. Chem., vol. 6, No. 23, 8000-8001 (1996). * |
Bertini, F., et al., "Alekens from Epoxides by Reductive Elimination with Magnesium Bromide-Magnesium Amalgam", Chem. Commun., 144 (1970). * |
Bollag, D., "Epothilones: Novel Microtubule-Stabilising Agents", Expert Opin. Invest. Drugs, vol. 6, No. 7, 867-873 (1997). * |
Bollag, D., et al., "Epothilone, A New Structural Class of Microtubule Stabilizer", Abstract, Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res., vol. 36, 86 Meet. 454 (1995). * |
Bollag, D.M., et al., "Epothilones, A New Class of Microtubule-stabilizing Agents with a Taxol-like Mechanism of Action", Cancer Res. 55, No. 11, 2325-2333 (1995). * |
Cecil Textbook of Medicine, 21<SUP>st </SUP>Edition, vol. 1, published 2000 by W. B. Saunders Company, pp. 1060-1074. * |
Chemical & Engineering News, "Epothilone Epiphany: Total Synthesis", vol. 74, No. 52, 24-26 (1996). * |
Chemical & Engineering News, "First Total Synthesis of Epothilone B", vol. 75, No. 13, 23 (1997). * |
Chemical & Engineering News, "Solid-Phase Epothilone Synthesis Used to Create Analog Library", vol. 75, No. 20, 33 (1997). * |
Claus, E., et al., "Sythesis of the C1-C9 Segment of Epothilons", Tetrahedron Lett., vol. 38, No. 8, 1359-1362 (1997). * |
De Brabander, J., et al., "Towards a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Rapid Assembly of the C1-C6 and C7-C12 Fragments", Synlett, vol. 7, 824-826 (1997). * |
Fujisawa, T., et al., "Deoxygenation of Epoxides to Olefins with FeCI<SUB>2</SUB>-n-BuLi System", Chem. Lett., 883-886 (1974). * |
Fujiwara, Y., et al., "Reductive Coupling of Carbonyl Compounds to Olefins by Tungsten Hexachloride-Lithium Aluminum Hydride and Some Tungsten and Molybdenum Carbonyls", J. Org. Chem., vol. 43, No. 12, 2477-2479 (1978). * |
Gabriel, T. and Wessjohann, L., "The Chromium-Reformatsky Reaction: Asymmetric Synthesis of the Aldol Fragment of the Cytotoxic Epothilons from 3-(2-Bromoacyl)-2-Oxazolidinones", Tetrahedron Lett., vol. 38, No. 8, 1363-1366 (1997). * |
Gerth, K., et al., "Epothilons A and B: Antifungal and Cytotoxic Compounds from Sorangiusm cellulosum (Myxobacterial) Production, Physico-chemical and Biological Properties", J. Antibiotics, vol. 49, No. 6, 560-563 (1996). * |
Gladysz, J. A., et al., "Deoxygenation of Epoxides by Metal Atom Cocondensation", J. Org. Chem., vol. 41, No. 22, 3647-3648 (1976). * |
Hofle, G., et al., "N-Oxidation of Epothilone A-C and O-Acyl Rearrangement to C-19 and C-21-Substituted Epothilones", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., vol. 38, No. 13/14, 1971-1974 (1999). * |
Holfe, G., et al., "Epothilone A and B -Novel 16-Membered Macrolides with Cytotoxic Activity: Isolation, Crystal Structure, and Conformation in Solution", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 35, no. 13/14, 1567-1569 (1996). * |
Inokuchi, T., et al., "Opening of Epoxides to Olefins or Halohydrins with Vanadium(ii)-Tetrahydrofurofuran or Vanadium(III)-Tetrahydrofuran Complexes", Synlett, No. 6, 510-512 (1992). * |
Kowalaski. R. J., et al., "Activities of the Microtubule-stabilizing Agents Epothilones A and B with Purified Tubulin and in Cells Resistant to Paclitaxel (Taxol(R))" J. Biol. Chem., vol. 272, No. 4, 2534-2541 (1997). * |
Kupchan, S. M., et al., "Reductive Elimination of Epoxides to Olefins with Zinc-Copper Couple", J. Org. Chem., vol. 36, No. 9, 1187-1190 (1971). * |
Marshall, A., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone", Nature Biotechnology, vol. 15, No. 3, 205 (1997). * |
Martin, M. G., et al., "Epoxides as Alkene Protecting Goups. A Mild and Efficient Deoxygenation", Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 25, No. 3, 251-254 (1984). * |
Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia, 28<SUP>th </SUP>edition, published 1982 by the Pharmaceutical Press, pp. 640-641. * |
McMurry, J. E., et al., "Reduction of Epoxides to Olefins with Low Valent Titanium", J. Org. Chem., vol. 40, No. 17, 2555-2556 (1975). * |
McMurry, J. E., et al., "Some Deoxygenation Reactions with Low-Valent Titanium (TiCI<SUB>3</SUB>/LiAIH<SUB>4</SUB>)", J. Org. Chem., vol. 43, No. 17, 3249-3254 (1978). * |
Medline Abstract No. 1998029329, Rickels et al., Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, (1997) 58 Suppl. 11, 4-10. * |
Medline Abstract No. 96432582, Oka et al., Japanese Journal of Pharmacology, (Jun. 1996) 71(2), 89-100. * |
Medline Abstract No. 97074593, Smith et al., CA: A Cancer Journal for Clinicians, (Nov.-Dec. 1996), 46(6), 343-63. * |
Medline Abstract No. 97217050, Kumar, Indian Journal of Experimental Biology, (May 1996) 34(5), 391-402. * |
Meng, D., et al., "Remote Effects in Macrolide Formation Through Ring-Forming Olefin Methathesis: An Application to the Synthesis of Fully Active Epothilone Congeners", J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 119, No. 11, 2733-2734 (1997). * |
Meng, D., et al., "Studies Toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Use of Hydropyran Templates for the Management of Acyclic-Stereochemical Relationships", J. Org. Chem., vol. 61, No. 23, 7998-7999 (1996). * |
Meng, D., et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilones A and B", J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 119, No. 42, 10073-10092 (1997). * |
Mensching, S., and Kalesse, M., "Generation of Thiazoles by Colmn Dehydrogenation of Thiazolidines with MnO<SUB>2</SUB>", J. Parkt. Chem., vol. 339, No. 1, 96-97 (1997). * |
Mulzer, J. and Mantoulidis, A., "Synthesis of the C(1)-C(9) Segment of the Cytotoxic Macrolides Epothilon A and B", Tetrahedron Lett., vol. 37, No. 51, 9197-9182 (1996). * |
Nicolaou et al., "Chemical Biology of Epothilones", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 37, 2014-2045 (1988). * |
Nicolaou et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone E and Analogs with Modified Side Chains Through The Stille Coupling Reaction", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 37, 84-87 (1998). * |
Nicolaou et al., "Total Synthesis of Oxazole- and Cyclopropane-Containing Epothilone B Analogues by the Macrolactonization Approach", Chemistry, European Journal, vol. 3, No. 12, 1971-1986 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "An Approach to Epothilones Based on Olefin Methathesis",Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 35, No. 20, 2399-2401 (1996). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "Designed Epothilones: Combinatorial Synthesis, Tubulin Assembly Properties, and Cytotoxic Action against Taxol-Resistant Tumor Cells", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 19, 2097-2103 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "Synthesis and Biological Properties of C12, 13-Cyclopropylepothilone A and Related Epothilones", Chemistry & Biology, vol. 5, No. 7, 365-372 (1998). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "Synthesis of Epothilones A and B in Solid and Solution Phase" (Correction to Nature 387, 268-272 (1997)), Nature, 390, 100 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "Synthesis of Epothilones A and B in Solid and Solution Phase", Nature, vol. 387, 268-272 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "The Olefin Methathesis Approach to Epothilone A and Its Analogues", J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 119, No. 34, 7960-7973 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: The Macrolactonization Approach", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 5, 525-527 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K. C., et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilones A and B via a Macrolactonization-Based Strategy", J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 119, No. 34, 7974-7991 (1997). * |
Nicolaou, K., et al., "Chemistry, Biology and Medicine of Selected Tubulin Polymerizing Agents", Pure Appl. Chem., vol. 71, No. 6, 989-997 (1999). * |
Nicolaou, K., et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone E and Related Side-chain Modified Analogues Via a Stille Coupling Based Strategy", Bioorg. Med. Chem., vol. 7, No. 5, 665-697 (1999). * |
Raucher, S., et al., "Total Synthesis of (+)-Dihydrocostunolide via Tandem Cope-Claisen Rearrangement", J. Org. Chem., vol. 51, No. 26, 5503-5505 (1986). * |
Sato, M., et al., "Reduction of Organic Compounds with Low-Valent Niobium (NbCl<SUB>5</SUB>/NaAIH<SUB>4</SUB>)" Chem. Letters, 157-160 (1982). * |
Schinzer, D., et al., "Studies Towards the Total Synthesis of Epothilones: Asymmetric Synthesis of the Key Fragments", Chem. Eug. J., vol. 2, No. 22, 1477-1482 (1996). * |
Schinzer, D., et al., "Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone A", Chem. Eug. J., vol. 5, No. 9, 2483-2491 (1999). * |
Schinzer, D., et al., "Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone B", Chem. Eur. J., vol. 5, No. 9, 2492-2500 (1999). * |
Schnizer, D., et al., "Total Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone A", Angew Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 5, 523-524 (1997). * |
Schobert, R., et al., "Reduction and Isomerization of Oxiranes and alpha-Diazoketones by Various Early Transition Metallocenes", Synlett, vol. 8, 465-466 (1990). * |
Sharpless, K. B., et al., "Lower Valent Tungsten Halides. A New Class of Reagents for Deoxygenation of Organic Molecules", J. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. 94, No. 18, 6538-6540 (1972). * |
Su, D.-S, et al., "Structure-Activity Relationships of the Epothilones and the First In Vivo Comparison with Paclitaxel", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 19, 2093-2096 (1997). * |
Su, D.-S., et al., "Total Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone B: An Extension of the Suzuki Coupling Method and Insights into Structure-Activity Relationships of the Epothilones", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 7, 757-759 (1997). * |
Taylor, R., and Haley, J., "Towards the Synthesis of Epothilone A: Enantioselective Preperation of the Thiazole Sidechain and Macrocyclic Ring Closure", Tetrahedron Lett., vol. 38, No. 12, 2061-2064 (1997). * |
U.S. Appl. No. 08/856,533, Nicolaou et al., filed May 14, 1997. * |
U.S. Appl. No. 08/923,869, Nicolaou et al., filed Sep. 4, 1997. * |
U.S. Appl. No. 60/032,864, Nicolaou et al., filed Dec. 13, 1996. * |
Victory, S. F., et al., "Relative Stereochemistry and Solution Conformation of the Novel Paciltaxel-Like Antimitotic Agent Epothilone A", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Letts., vol. 6, No. 7, 893-898 (1996). * |
Winkler, J. D., et al., "A Model For The Taxol (Paclitataxel)/Epothilone Pharmacophore", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Letts., vol. 6, No. 24, 2963-2966 (1996). * |
Yang, Z., et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: The Olefin Metathesis Approach",Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 1/2, 166-168 (1997). * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20020177615A1 (en) | 2002-11-28 |
HRP20030674A2 (en) | 2005-06-30 |
SK9212003A3 (en) | 2004-11-03 |
RU2003126174A (en) | 2005-02-27 |
PE20020853A1 (en) | 2002-09-27 |
WO2002058701A1 (en) | 2002-08-01 |
EE200300329A (en) | 2003-10-15 |
JP2004528287A (en) | 2004-09-16 |
NO20033343D0 (en) | 2003-07-24 |
HUP0303800A2 (en) | 2004-03-29 |
NZ526871A (en) | 2006-01-27 |
CN1268336C (en) | 2006-08-09 |
AU2002253880B2 (en) | 2006-11-09 |
RU2291695C2 (en) | 2007-01-20 |
UY27138A1 (en) | 2002-08-30 |
EP1361877A1 (en) | 2003-11-19 |
AR035078A1 (en) | 2004-04-14 |
WO2002058699A1 (en) | 2002-08-01 |
PL368636A1 (en) | 2005-04-04 |
HUP0303800A3 (en) | 2005-02-28 |
CN1498106A (en) | 2004-05-19 |
IS6892A (en) | 2003-07-24 |
US6576651B2 (en) | 2003-06-10 |
NO20033343L (en) | 2003-09-24 |
CA2434584A1 (en) | 2002-08-01 |
KR20040025888A (en) | 2004-03-26 |
CZ20032023A3 (en) | 2005-03-16 |
BR0206695A (en) | 2004-04-20 |
YU58103A (en) | 2006-03-03 |
MXPA03006476A (en) | 2003-09-22 |
IL156759A0 (en) | 2004-02-08 |
BG108027A (en) | 2004-12-30 |
TWI250017B (en) | 2006-03-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
USRE40387E1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones | |
ZA200305536B (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones. | |
US6936628B2 (en) | Oral administration of epothilones | |
EP1938821B1 (en) | Dosage forms of an epothilone analogue for the treatment of cancer | |
ZA200306237B (en) | Epothilone derivatives for the treatment of refractory tumors. | |
US7053069B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using C-21 modified epothilone derivatives | |
AU2002245296B2 (en) | Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer | |
AU2002253880C1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones | |
AU2002245296A1 (en) | Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer | |
AU2002253880A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GEMALTO SA, FRANCE Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:GEMPLUS;REEL/FRAME:024906/0868 Effective date: 20081001 |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 12 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: R-PHARM US OPERATING LLC, NEW JERSEY Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY;REEL/FRAME:036585/0956 Effective date: 20150701 |